Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Biotechnology / Eyenovia Inc

Eyenovia Inc

eyen · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker eyen
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Biotechnology
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Eyenovia Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

  x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2018

OR

 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________________ to ______________________

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-38365

  EYENOVIA, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

295 Madison Avenue, Suite 2400
NEW YORK, NY
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

47-1178401
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

10017
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (917) 289-1117
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: none

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of
Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer x
Emerging growth company ☒

Accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any news or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common
equity  was  last  sold  as  of  June  30,  2018  (based  on  the  closing  price  of  $6.30  on  June  29,  2018,  the  last  business  date  of  the  registrant’s  most  recently
completed  second  fiscal  quarter),  was  approximately  $35,204,910.  Common  stock  held  by  each  officer  and  director  and  by  each  person  known  to  the
registrant who owned 10% or more of the outstanding voting and non-voting common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock was 12,019,148 as of March 20, 2019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June 11, 2019 are incorporated by
reference into Part III hereof.

 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

Page

1
2
35
60
60
61
61

63
63
63
64
67
67
67
67
68

69
69
69
69
69
70

71
71
72
73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I

This report contains a number of “forward-looking statements.” Specifically, all statements other than statements of historical facts included in this
report regarding our financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management at the time these statements were made, as well as assumptions made by and information
available  to  management  at  that  time.  When  used  in  this  report  and  the  documents  incorporated  by  reference  herein,  the  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”
“estimate,”  “expect,”  “may,”  “might,”  “will,”  “continue”  and  “intend,”  and  words  or  phrases  of  similar  import,  as  they  relate  to  our  financial  position,
business strategy and plans, or objectives of management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our view, as of the
date hereof, with respect to future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions related to various factors.

You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in our periodic reports to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, could affect our future results and could
cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

risks involved in clinical trials, including, but not limited to, the costs, design, initiation, timing, progress and results of such trials;

our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for our product candidates;

our ability to develop and implement our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategies;

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from our offerings;

our  expectations  regarding  our  ability  to  fund  our  operating  expenses  and  capital  expenditure  requirements  with  our  cash  on  hand  and
proceeds from our prior offerings;

the potential advantages of our product candidates;

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our products;

our intellectual property position;

our ability to identify additional products, product candidates or technologies with significant commercial potential that are consistent with
our commercial objectives;

our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, timing of any future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

the impact of government laws and regulations;

our competitive position;

developments relating to our competitors and our industry;

our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;

general or regional economic conditions;

changes in U.S. GAAP; and

changes  in  the  legal,  regulatory  and  legislative  environments  in  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  including  impacts  of  United  States
government shut-downs on our ability to raise money and obtain regulatory approval for our products.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Although we believe that our expectations (including those on which our forward-looking statements are based) are reasonable, we cannot assure
you that those expectations will prove to be correct. Should any one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any underlying assumptions
prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in our forward-looking statements.

Except for our ongoing obligations to disclose material information under the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update
or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or  any  other  reason.  All  subsequent  forward-looking
statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to
herein. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this report and the documents incorporated by reference
herein might not occur.

Item 1.

Business.

Corporate Information

We were organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Florida on March 12, 2014 under the name “PGP Holdings V, Inc.” On May 5,
2014, we changed our name to Eyenovia, Inc. On October 6, 2014, we reincorporated in the State of Delaware by merging into Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. Our principal executive office is located at 295 Madison Avenue, Suite 2400, New York, NY 10017, and our phone number is 917-289-1117. Our
website  is  http://www.eyenoviabio.com.  Information  contained  on,  or  that  can  be  accessed  through,  our  website  is  not  incorporated  by  reference  into  this
report, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this report.

Overview

We are a clinical stage ophthalmic biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of microdose therapeutics utilizing our patented piezo-print
delivery technology, branded the OptejetTM. Eyenovia aims to achieve clinical microdosing of next-generation formulations of well-established ophthalmic
pharmaceutical  agents  using  its  high-precision  targeted  ocular  delivery  system,  which  has  the  potential  to  replace  conventional  eye  dropper  delivery  and
improve safety, tolerability, patient compliance and topical delivery success for ophthalmic eye treatments. In the clinic, Optejet has demonstrated up to a
75%  reduction  in  ocular  drug  and  preservative  exposure,  with  successful  topical  delivery  that  is  consistent  with  the  efficacy  of  traditional  eye  drop
administration.  Using  its  proprietary  delivery  technology,  Eyenovia  is  developing  the  next  generation  of  smart  ophthalmic  therapies  while  targeting  new
indications for which there are currently no drug therapies approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. Eyenovia’s microdose
therapeutics follow the FDA-designated pharmaceutical registrational and regulatory process. Its products are not classified by the FDA as medical devices or
drug-device combination products.

Eyenovia has completed its Phase III trials for MicroStat and announced positive results from the MicroStat MIST-1 and MIST-2 studies. MicroStat
is a fixed combination formulation of phenylephrine-tropicamide for mydriasis (pupil dilation), designed to be a novel approach for the estimated 80 million
office-based comprehensive and diabetic eye exams and four million ophthalmic surgical dilations performed every year in the United States. Additionally, in
February 2019, the FDA accepted Eyenovia’s investigational new drug application, or IND, to initiate our Phase III registration trial of MicroPine to reduce
the progression of myopia in children. MicroPine is a first-in-class topical therapy for the treatment of progressive myopia, a back-of-the-eye ocular disease
associated with pathologic axial elongation and sclero-retinal stretching affecting approximately five million people. We also have received clear feedback
from  the  FDA  regarding  the  requirements  for  Phase  III  trials  for  our  MicroProst  program.  MicroProst  is  a  novel  latanoprost  formulation  for  lowering
intraocular pressure, or IOP, in patients with ocular hypertension, or OHT, primary open angle glaucoma, or PAOG, and chronic angle closure glaucoma, or
CACG. MicroTears, our over-the-counter, or OTC, product candidate for hyperemia (red eye), pruritis (itch) and dry eye, will not require Phase III trials, and
we plan to proceed with registration activities for MicroTears in 2019.

Results  from  our  three  Phase  II  clinical  trials  have  been  published  in  peer-reviewed  literature.  Two  studies  evaluating  our  mydriatic  agents
demonstrated how the Optejet consistently delivered precision dosing at the volume of the eye’s natural tear film capacity of 6-8 µL, which reduced ocular
and systemic drug and preservative exposure, while demonstrating pupil dilation comparable to conventional eye drops with fewer side effects. In the third
study,  we  evaluated  usability,  patient  tolerability  and  IOP  lowering  of  microdosed  latanoprost  administered  with  the  Optejet.  In  this  study,  eyes  receiving
microdosed  latanoprost  achieved  IOP  reduction  consistent  with  published  literature  on  latanoprost  eye  drops,  and  administration  of  the  medication  was
successful in a single attempt in more than 90% of cases. Based on the results from these clinical trials, we were able to advance MicroStat into Phase III
utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway and plan to do the same with MicroPine and MicroProst. Where possible, we also intend to use this pathway for future clinical
trials in new indications with significant unmet needs.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A key feature of the Optejet is the embedded electronic, smartphone enabled “e-health” system, which we believe is the first intelligent electronic
delivery system for ophthalmic therapies. Our electronic functions are designed to enable patients and physicians to track when doses are administered to
better monitor and improve patient compliance.

The following summarizes our product pipeline and next expected milestones:

Product 
Candidate
MicroStat
MicroPine

MicroProst
MicroTears

Our Strategy

Indication
Mydriasis (Eye Dilation)
Pediatric Myopia Progression
(Near-Sightedness)
IOP Lowering in CACG, OACG, OHT
Hyperemia (Red Eye), Pruritis (Itch), Dry Eye

Next Expected Milestones
NDA Filing (2020)
Phase III Start (2019)

Phase III Start (2019)
OTC Monograph Registration (2019)

Our goal is to become a leading ophthalmic biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing a strong pipeline of first-in-

class microdose therapeutics and a digital health platform for interactive patient care. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

Establish a portfolio of first-in-class piezo-print micro-therapeutic products for multiple eye treatments through the 505(b)(2) pathway with the
FDA. We are initially focused on integrating our next-generation technology with therapeutic compounds already well established in the topical treatment of
ophthalmic indications. We believe that the 505(b)(2) registration pathway, which reduces development risk compared to new molecular entity programs by
working  with  known  compounds  with  well-established  safety  and  efficacy  profiles,  will  be  available  for  our  initial  development  pipeline.  We  believe  our
pipeline of patented micro-therapeutic product candidates will be highly differentiated by our improved tolerability and enhanced compliance profile and our
late-stage development programs could lead to New Drug Application, or NDA, submissions in novel indications where the products can have unique dosing
and therapeutic profiles. We believe that this could lead to favorable pricing and reimbursement, and a reduced risk of generic substitution.

Improve clinical outcomes and patient experiences while providing an improved tolerability profile with our micro-therapeutics. We believe the
Optejet  will  allow  for  high  precision  targeted  microdosing  for  multiple  eye  treatments,  while  eliminating  ophthalmic  over-dosing  and  reducing  ocular
exposure to toxic preservatives and pharmacologic ingredients compared to conventional eye drop delivery mechanisms. Our clinical trials have demonstrated
similar efficacy to eye drops, improved side effect profile and enhanced patient experience with the Optejet as compared to conventional eye drops.

Leverage  our  electronic,  smartphone-enabled  “e-health”  technology  to  introduce  and  develop  patient-specific  compliance  monitoring
program.  The  mobile  e-health  technology  within  the  Optejet  is  designed  to  track  when  a  patient  administers  treatments,  allowing  physicians  to  monitor
patient compliance accurately. We believe this may enhance patient compliance and improve compliance monitoring by empowering patients and physicians
with access to dynamic, real-time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent, informed and personalized therapeutic paradigm.

Develop microdose treatments for other ophthalmic diseases independently or in collaboration with third parties. The Optejet may also be suitable
for  new  molecular  entities  and  applications.  Leveraging  our  existing  platform  technology,  Eyenovia  plans  to  continue  developing,  either  independently  or
through strategic relationships with third parties, other product candidates for various eye diseases that can be administered using the Optejet and additional
applications for the Optejet. We have entered into an exclusive agreement with Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., a leading ophthalmology company in Japan,
for the Asian development and commercial rights of our therapies and technology.

Develop solutions for ophthalmic conditions with high unmet needs and no approved therapy. We plan to target chronic ophthalmic conditions
with  a  high  unmet  medical  need.  By  leveraging  our  piezo-print  microdosing  technology,  we  aim  to  reach  conditions  where  there  are  no  approved  drug
therapies. For example, our MicroPine program involves a proprietary formulation of low-dose atropine intended to slow myopia progression in the pediatric
population. There are currently no commercially-available therapies in the United States to treat this indication.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limitations of Conventional Eye Therapies

Our microdosing platform technology aims to address the following issues associated with conventional eye drop-based therapies:

 Dosing, administration and waste of medication

Multiple  third-party  studies  have  confirmed  the  challenges  with  administering  conventional  eye  drops  including  overdosing,  poor  compliance,
imprecise dosing, variability in drop size, and patient difficulty in self-administering. One study in patients who were experienced in using eye drops and
undergoing treatment for glaucoma for at leastsix months documented that nine out of 10 patients were unable to deliver topical treatment correctly at the end
of the six-month treatment. Patients on average administered almost twice the macrodose with a range of one to eight drops (1.8+/-1.2), and 75% of patients
risked bottle contamination or potential ocular trauma by having the eye dropper container touch their eyes. Another larger study in 139 patients demonstrated
that the proportion of patients who were able to correctly deliver therapy on the eye was only 22%–30%. Similarly, other studies have demonstrated that the
vast majority of patients either overdose or do not administer correctly the required therapy to the eye, which leads to unnecessary waste of medication.

  Side effects associated with conventional macrodose therapies

Conventional eye therapies are administered using traditional eye-dropper pipette approaches. Current eye drop therapies can overdose the eye with
30–50 µL of preservatives and pharmaceutical ingredients while the eye only holds 6–8 µL. Thus, traditional drops can severely overdose the eye, which can
be associated with ocular side effects including hyperemia, or increased blood flow to the eye, redness, discomfort, stinging, blurred vision, burning, itching,
excessive  tearing,  eye  pain,  iris  pigment  changes,  foreign  body  sensation,  pigment  discoloration,  periorbital  dermatitis  and  sunken  eye.  For  some  topical
medications, there are also cardiovascular side effects such as bradycardia and arrhythmia that are caused when medications are absorbed into the circulation
system from overdosing —both through conjunctiva absorption and when drugs flow into the nose through the naso-lacrimal duct and are absorbed in the
nose  or  swallowed.  For  example,  phenylephrine  can  cause  cardiovascular  adverse  reactions  including  an  increase  in  blood  pressure,  syncope,  myocardial
infarction, tachycardia, arrhythmia and subarachnoid hemorrhage. Severe respiratory reactions and cardiac reactions, including death due to bronchospasm in
patients  with  asthma,  and  rarely  death  in  association  with  cardiac  failure,  have  been  reported  following  systemic  or  ophthalmic  administration  of  timolol
maleate.

Prostaglandins are a widely-used class of drugs for glaucoma. However, as shown in the chart below, they present a high risk of ocular irritation and

adverse events. We believe microdosing will result in fewer adverse events due to less exposure to the drug and preservatives.

Frequencies of Adverse Events (Safety Population)

Patients with at least one adverse event
Patients with ocular adverse events
Patients with systemic adverse events
Patients with adverse events related to study medications

  Latanoprost (n = 136)     Bimatoprost (n = 137)     Travoprost (n = 138)
No. of
Events   

No. of
Events    n    %    
137    104    75.9     
110    101    73.7     
25    18.2     
27   
94    68.6     
90   

No. of
Events    n    %    
68.8     
64.5     
16.7     
58.7     

200    95   
162    89   
38    23   
140    81   

  n    %    
   87    
64     
   73     53.7     
   23     16.9     
   70     51.5     

P
Value  
159    0.098   
129    0.003   
30    0.933   
108    0.015   

Parrish R et al., “A comparison of latanoprost, bimatoprost and travoprost in patients with elevated intraocular pressure: a 12-week, randomized, masked-
evaluator multicenter study.” Am J Ophthalmol. 2003 May; 135(5):688-703.

Potential for toxicity

Many  eye  medications  contain  preservatives  (e.g.  benzalkonium  chloride  or  BAC)  that  are  toxic  to  the  ocular  surface.  Cytotoxic  assays  have

confirmed this and showed significant toxicity proportional to the concentration of BAC and its effects in causing ocular surface disease.

Another  emerging  problem  with  the  prostaglandin-class  of  medications  (e.g.  latanoprost,  bimatoprost,  and  travoprost)  has  been  the  dose-related
incidence  of  orbitopathy  (or  sunken  orbits).  The  associations  between  prostaglandin  analogue  use  and  deepening  of  the  upper  lid  sulci  and  between
prostaglandin analogue use and loss of inferior periorbital fat have been reported to have a 230-fold increased risk of skin tissue shrinking around the eye. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Solution

The  Optejet  delivers  doses  of  6 – 8  µL,  directly  coating  the  corneal  surface  where  80%  of  intraocular  drug  penetration  occurs.  We  believe  that
microdosing  may  reduce  drug  and  toxic  preservative  exposure  by  more  than  75%,  thus  reducing  ocular  irritation,  and  resulting  in  potentially  gentler
treatments  without  compromising  the  desired  clinical  effect.  Our  approach  could  also  reduce  inadvertent  waste  associated  with  poor  administration  of
conventional macrodose drops.

We believe that we are one of the only companies with clinical stage technology for targeted microdosing of ophthalmic investigational therapies.
The Optejet is based on piezo-print technology, which is also used for pixel-sharp high-precision inkjet printing. The technology is optimized for and applied
in ophthalmic delivery to achieve microdosing that can be many times more precise than conventional eye droppers. In addition, our smart, electronic system
provides the capability to track when patients administer their medications and deliver this information to patients and physicians via Bluetooth connectivity.
Thus, physicians can make decisions regarding therapeutic regimens with knowledge of patient compliance.

The FDA has provided written feedback that our clinical development activities will be treated as drug development programs, because only the drug
comes into contact with the eye. Consequently, we do not anticipate needing separate FDA approval for the Optejet dispenser or being required to comply
with FDA medical device regulations.

Microdose administration of topical ophthalmic drugs with the Optejet has been tested in preclinical models and clinical trials and shown to provide

many advantages over administrations of eye drops. Key advantages of the Optejet include:

Dose reduction: Our microdose delivery technology is designed to achieve precise volumetric control at the microliter level to deliver 6–8 µL,

which is the physiologic capacity of the tear film. This compares favorably to the volume of an eye drop (30–50 µL), which can result in overdosing, ocular
toxicity and systemic leaching into the plasma.

Targeted  dose  instillation:  The  Optejet  allows  for  targeted  delivery  to  the  ocular  surface  and  cornea,  avoiding  the  conjunctival  cul-de-sac.  The
micro-jet spray created by the piezo-electric vibrations is columnated and focused to provide accurate delivery to the corneal surface where the majority of
ocular penetration occurs. Additionally, the Optejet is designed with an LED targeting mechanism to facilitate proper positioning and objective alignment,
thus increasing the likelihood of successful dose delivery.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Speed of delivery: Our piezo-print technology is similar to high-precision ink-jet printing. Unlike a simple aerosolized mechanism, the Optejet is
designed with ejection control that creates a fast and targeted micro-jet delivery. Solution is dispensed to the ocular surface in approximately 80 milliseconds,
beating the eye’s 100-millisecond blink reflex.

 Smart electronics: Our smart electronics and mobile e-health technology are designed to track when a patient administers treatment. This enables
physicians to monitor patient compliance. We believe this technology will improve compliance and chronic disease management by empowering patients and
physicians with access to dynamic, real time monitoring and compliance data for a more intelligent and personalized therapeutic paradigm.

Clinical Trial Results

We have an established platform for microdose administration of ophthalmic solutions. Our preclinical and clinical studies suggest that a 7 µL (±2)
microdose of medication delivers clinical efficacy comparable to that of traditional eye drops, but with the advantages of fewer ocular side effects and less
systemic exposure. We can use our platform technology on either new molecular entities or with existing molecular entities in order to improve their safety
profile. We have chosen the latter path for our initial pipeline product candidates. 

To date, we have conducted multiple preclinical studies and three early phase clinical trials to validate our piezo-print microdose delivery platform.
Our microdose approach was studied in preclinical studies to demonstrate pharmacodynamic equivalence of our targeted micro-therapeutic formulations and
to assess whether microdosing can achieve comparable biologic activity with its significantly lower levels of drug and preservative exposure to the ocular
tissues. Data from a canine model of glaucoma demonstrated more than 40% IOP lowering effect at microdose of 8–9 µL latanoprost. Another independent
microdose study published in the Journal of Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science in 2014 further demonstrated that 3 µL microdose with timolol
0.5% can reduce systemic plasma levels of the drug by a factor of 17.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IOP Lowering Effect of Micro-Therapeutic Dose of Latanoprost in Canine Model

Two  of  our  clinical  trials  investigated  the  pharmacodynamic  equivalence  and  clinical  advantages  of  our  microdose  approach  for  achievement  of
mydriasis. In these studies, we compared pupil dilation with a microdose of phenylephrine versus a traditional phenylephrine eye drop, and also the rate of
side  effects  with  microdosing  as  opposed  to  eye  drops.  Results  of  these  two  studies  suggest  that  the  Optejet  can  deliver  equivalent  therapeutic  activity  as
conventional eye drop dosing while reducing the incidence of side effects. 

The EYN-1601 clinical trial, referred to as EYN, compared the mydriatic pharmacodynamic effect of phenylephrine 10% microdosed (~ 7 µL in
volume) with the Optejet to phenylephrine 10% (PE 10%) and phenylephrine 2.5% (PE 2.5%) eye drops (each ~32 µL in volume) in 24 subject eyes. At 75-
minute peak dilation, our microdose provided similar mydriatic results (at one quarter of the dose exposure) to the 10% phenylephrine drops, and superior
activity compared to 2.5% phenylephrine drops.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shown below is mean pupil diameter change from baseline for the 24 eyes studied. The colored asterisk at t=75 min indicates EYN is statistically

better than PE 2.5% (p=0.009).

PUPIL DIAMETER, INCREASE FROM BASELINE, MM

This  study  was  also  informative  with  regard  to  systemic  drug  exposure  of  topical  treatments.  As  shown  below,  microdosed  phenylephrine  10%

(EYN1) demonstrated 35–40% lower plasma levels of the drug as compared with phenylephrine 10% eye drops (PE 10%).

As shown in the table below (Ocular AEs by Treatment), there were also fewer ocular adverse events in the microdose group and our microdose

administered phenylephrine 10% (EYN) suggested an improvement in tolerability as compared to 10% phenylephrine eye drops (PE 10%).

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OCULAR ADVERSE EVENTS BY TREATMENT

Adverse Event Description
Ocular blurriness
Ocular burning/stinging/irritation
Ocular dryness
Subtotal by Treatment Group

PE 10%
(Eyedrops)    
1     
4     
2     
7     

EYN
(PE 10% microdose) 
0 
1 
0 
1 

The  EYE-103  study  investigated  a  combination  of  phenylephrine  and  tropicamide  treatment  administered  using  the  Optejet  compared  to
conventional eye drops in 102 subjects (204 eyes). In this study, microdosing produced equivalent dilation to eye drops and 91% of participants preferred
medication administration with the Optejet versus eye drops (6% preferred eye drops, while 3% expressed no preference [p < 0.0001]). On a scale of 1 to 10,
with 10 being most favorable, general satisfaction scores were higher with Optejet administration versus eye drops (9.8 ± 0.6 for Optejet vs 5.8 ± 3.0 for eye
drops). Ocular comfort scores were nearly two times better with the Optejet than with eye drops.

In 2018, Eyenovia completed a third trial (EYN-POC-PG-21) to extend the findings of the two previous trials evaluating Optejet administration of
mydriatic agents. This study was a single-center, open-label, prospective, crossover design evaluating the usability, patient tolerability, and proof-of-concept
of microdose administration of commercial latanoprost 0.005% using the Optejet. Thirty healthy volunteer subjects (60 eyes) were evaluated for eligibility
and consented to study participation. Subsequently, at each of three treatment visits, IOP was measured in the morning. Afterwards, on Treatment Days 1 and
2, a single 8-µL microdose of latanoprost 0.005% opthalmic solution was administered to each eye using the Optejet. On the morning of Treatment Day 3,
each subject received 2 × 8-µL Optejet microdoses (administered approximately 5 minutes apart) in one eye and the other eye received a single eye drop of
latanoprost 0.005% ophthalmic solution. For each treatment day, IOP was measured 1, 7, 12, and 24 hours after receiving medication and a mean diurnal IOP
(DIOP) was calculated from the four readings. As shown below, mean DIOP after medication administration on Days 1 and 2 was lowered by 25.0% and
28.7%, respectively.

Mean bilateral DIOP and percent change in DIOP in eyes dosed using the Optejet through
Treatment Day 2 (N = 29 pairs of eyes from 29 evaluable subjects)

As shown below, on Day 3, mean DIOP was 35.5% lower than baseline for eyes receiving microdose latanoprost 0.005% using the Optejet, and was

35.0% lower than than baseline for eyes receiving a single drop of latanoprost 0.005%.

9

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIOP AT DAY 3 (N=29 EYES OF 29 SUBJECTS PER TREATMENT)

No clinically significant changes were noted in slit lamp observations (including hyperemia) for any subjects who received study treatment and there

were no adverse events. Subjects reported no-to-negligible ocular discomfort after medication administration using the Optejet.

Investigator-administered medication using the Optejet was evaluated in 60 eyes (1 spray/eye) on Days 1 and 2, and in 30 eyes (2 sprays/eye) on Day
3.  Microdose  administration  was  successful  on  the  first  attempt  in  172  of  the  180  cases  (96%).  Subject  head  movement  and/or  blinking  and  investigator
proficiency with Optejet use resulted in the need for additional administration in the remaining 4% of cases, the majority of which (6/8) occurred on Day 1.
Administration  success  was  achieved  on  the  first  attempt  on  all  Day  3  cases.  There  were  no  reports  of  unintentional  overdosing,  tear  fluid  overflow,  or
dispenser nozzle touching the eye.

In a separate evaluation, subjects were trained on Optejet self-administration with sterile water and then asked to demonstrate Optejet use in each eye
during the afternoon of each treatment day. By the afternoon of Day 3, qualified Eyenovia representatives judged that almost 90% of subjects were able to
demonstrate accurate self-administration using the Optejet.

This  study  demonstated  Optejet  medication  administration  to  be  easy  to  perform,  safe,  and  comfortable  to  study  subjects.  Additionally,  Optejet
microdose  administration  of  0.005%  latanoprost  resulted  in  mean  DIOP  reduction  similar  to  reported  literaure  for  use  of  latanoprost  0.005%  ophthalmic
solution administered as traditional eye drops.

Based on the results of multiple front-of-the-eye studies, we initiated Phase III programs in mydriasis in late 2018 and plan to initiate our Phase III

program in progressive myopia in 2019.

Our Product Candidates

MicroStat

MicroStat is the potentially first-in-class fixed combination micro-formulation product candidate for mydriasis (eye dilation) intended to facilitate
the  estimated  80  million  office-based  comprehensive  and  diabetic  eye  exams  and  four  million  ophthalmic  surgical  dilations  performed  every  year  in  the
United States. Our fixed combination product has been developed to help achieve efficient pupil dilation while reducing unintended effects of conventionally
administered mydriatic agents. We believe the market for MicroStat exceeds $250 million in the United States alone.

Background of Mydriasis and Market Opportunity

There are more than an estimated 80 million topical mydriatic applications performed every year as a required part of the comprehensive dilated eye
exam and standard retina fundoscopy for diabetic retinopathy screening, macular degeneration evaluation, glaucoma optic disc evaluation and many other
back-of-the-eye conditions. There are an additional estimated four million applications for ocular surgery. Most optometrist and ophthalmologist offices have
multiple  bottles  of  both  phenylephrine  and  tropicamide  and  use  each  bottle  on  multiple  patients,  which  carries  a  risk  of  contaminating  patients’  eyes  and
spreading infections. The bottles are purchased directly from suppliers and are not subject to insurance reimbursement. Our combination therapy, if approved,
will allow the purchase of one product for eye dilation, and our system does not come in direct contact with the eye, thus minimizing the risk of infection.

Most dilated eye exams require two separate topical pharmacologic agents/drops be administered sequentially (tropicamide and phenylephrine). All
current mydriatic formulations use conventional macrodose drop delivery (30–50 µL), which can significantly overdose the ocular surface whose physiologic
capacity  is  only  6–8  µL.  Studies  demonstrate  that  standard  macrodosed  pharmacologic  dilation  is  associated  with  significant  ocular  discomfort  and  mild-
moderate eye pain. On the standard visual analogue scale for pain, such discomfort can exceed the levels of pain associated with a flu vaccine subcutaneous
injection. Additionally, there are systemic safety concerns with mydriatic macrodosing for retinopathy of prematurity retinal screening and pediatric dilated
eye exams. Studies comparing microdosed phenylephrine and cyclopentolate to traditional eye drops (30–50 µL drop size) in premature babies and in full-
term infants have shown equivalent pupil dilation with drop sizes ranging from 5–8 µL while reducing systemic levels by more than 50%.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With millions of patients exposed to mydriatic pharmacologic agents every year, we are developing a microdose alternative whereby the Optejet can
be deployed to reduce ocular and systemic exposure by more than 75%. This potential improvement stems from lowering the dose from the 30–50 µL in
standard drops to just 8 µL with MicroStat combined with targeted delivery to the ocular surface. We expect to achieve similar mydriatic activity as drops
without the high incidence of unwanted side effects.

Phase III Clinical Development Program

Pharmacologic mydriasis: dilated pupil after application

We  initiated  Phase  III  clinical  trials  of  fixed-combination  microdosed  phenylephrine  2.5%  and  tropicamide  1%  administered  for  mydriasis  in

November 2018.

The  MicroStat  program  consisted  of  two  Phase  III  randomized,  controlled,  cross-over  clinical  studies  evaluating  pupil  dilation  with  our  fixed
combination product (MicroStat) in comparison with the individual drug components (phenylephrine 2.5% and tropicamide 1%, respectively) (the MIST-1
Study),  and  with  a  placebo  (the  MIST-2  Study).  The  primary  endpoint  for  each  study  was  the  mean  change  in  pupil  diameter  at  35  minutes  post-drug
administration.

The  MIST-1  Study  was  a  double-masked,  active-controlled,  three-period  cross-over  superiority  study  evaluating  MicroStat  ophthalmic  solution
versus  the  two  individual  drug  components  contained  in  MicroStat  (phenylephrine  2.5%  and  tropicamide  1%  ophthalmic  solutions).  All  study  drugs  were
administered using the Optejet.

Volunteer participants were evaluated for study eligibility during a screening visit and enrolled after providing study consent. Subjects meeting all
inclusion/exclusion criteria were scheduled for three treatment visits, which occurred at least two days, but no more than seven days apart. At each treatment
visit,  baseline  measurements  were  taken,  then  one  of  the  three  study  drugs  was  administered  to  both  eyes  in  two  separate  instances,  approximately  five
minutes  apart.  Afterwards,  efficacy  and  safety  assessments  were  performed  at  specific  time  intervals,  including  pupil  diameter  measured  by  digital
pupillometry in highly photopic conditions established by using a fully-charged transilluminator at the brightest setting. Subjects were equally randomized to
receive all three treatments according to one of the six possible sequences of study drug administration.

The MIST-1 study was double-masked so that there were no differences in drug presentation. Study drug administration was performed by seven
different  trained  personnel  during  the  trial.  To  maintain  masking,  personnel  who  administered  study  drug  were  not  allowed  to  perform  post-drug
administration ophthalmic assessments.

A total of 64 subjects were randomized to receive the study drug. Two subjects withdrew after the first treatment visit; therefore, the resulting per-
protocol analysis population consisted of 62 subjects (124 eyes). Mean pupil diameter for each eye at baseline and at 35 minutes post-drug administration is
shown  graphically  below.  At  35  minutes,  the  treatment  group  difference  between  MicroStat  and  tropicamide  1%  was  0.440  mm  (SE  0.1839),  which  was
statistically significant (p = 0.0183). The treatment group difference between MicroStat and phenylephrine 2.5% at the same timepoint was 3.638 mm (SE
0.1817), which was also statistically significant (p <0.0001). Since the null hypothesis was rejected for both sets of comparisons, the primary endpoint was
met.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pupil Diameter by Treatment at Baseline and 35 Minutes
(PP Population)

Mean ± Standard Deviation
Tx A = phenylephrine 2.5%-tropicamide 1%; Tx B = tropicamide 1%; Tx C = phenylephrine 2.5%.

As shown below, at 35 minutes post-drug administration, MicroStat achieved a clinically meaningful pupil diameter ≥ 6.0 mm in 95.2% of right eyes
and 93.5% of left eyes compared to a lower proportion for tropicamide 1% (79.0% and 77.4% of right and left eyes, respectively) and for phenylephrine 2.5%
(1.6% for both right and left eyes). MicroStat also achieved a pupil diameter ≥ 7.0 mm in 67.7% of right and left eyes compared to a lower proportion for
tropicamide 1% (43.5% and 41.9% or right and left eyes, respectively) and for phenylephrine 2.5% (0% for right and left eyes).

Proportion of Eyes Achieving Pupil Diameter ≥ 6.0 mm and ≥ 7.0 mm at 35 Minutes
(PP Population)

35 Min Post Dose
Combined Visits
 (1, 2, 3)
Pupil diameter ≥ 6.0 mm
Pupil diameter < 6.0 mm

Pupil diameter ≥ 7.0 mm
Pupil diameter < 7.0 mm

MicroStat

OD
(N=62)

OS
N=62)

Tropicamide 1%  
OD
(N=62)

OS
N=62)

  Phenylephrine 2.5%  

OD
(N=62)

OS
N=62)

    59 ( 95.2)%     58 ( 93.5)%    49 ( 79.0)%    48 ( 77.4)%   

1 (  1.6)%
4 (  6.5)%    13 ( 21.0)%    14 ( 22.6)%    61 ( 98.4)%    61 ( 98.4)%

3 (  4.8 )%   

1 (  1.6)%   

    42 ( 67.7 )%    42 ( 67.7)%    27 ( 43.5)%    26 ( 41.9)%   
    20 ( 32.3 )%    20 ( 32.3)%    35 ( 56.5)%    36 ( 58.1)%    62 (100.0)%    62 (100.0)%

0 

0 

The  rate  of  treatment  emergent  adverse  events,  or  TEAEs,  was  low,  and  consistent  with  those  observed  with  commercially  available  dilating  eye
drops (e.g. blurry vision and stinging). Two TEAEs were reported in the MicroStat eyes, while four TEAEs were reported in each of the other two treatment
groups. All events were mild in nature. No non-ocular adverse events were reported.

The MIST-2 Study was a multi-center, double-masked, placebo-controlled, three-period crossover superiority study evaluating MicroStat ophthalmic

solution versus placebo. Both study drugs were administered using the Optejet.

Volunteer participants were evaluated for study eligibility during a screening visit and enrolled after providing study consent. Subjects meeting all
inclusion/exclusion criteria were scheduled for three treatment visits, which occurred at least two days, but no more than seven days apart. A two-sequence,
three-period crossover design was used. At each treatment visit, baseline measurements were taken, then either the investigational drug or the placebo was
administered to both eyes in two separate instances, approximately five minutes apart. Only one study drug was administered per treatment visit, and subjects
were equally randomized to one of two sequences, ABB and BAA, where A was the Eyenovia fixed combination and B was placebo. Afterwards, efficacy
and safety assessments were performed at specific time intervals, including pupil diameter measured by digital pupillometry in highly photopic conditions
established by using a fully-charged transilluminator at the brightest setting.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Like MIST-1, this study was double-masked so that there were no differences in drug presentation. Study drug administration was performed by five
different  trained  personnel  and,  to  maintain  masking,  personnel  who  administered  study  drug  were  not  allowed  to  perform  post-drug  administration
ophthalmic assessments.

A  total  of  70  subjects  at  two  investigational  sites  were  randomized  to  receive  study  drug.  One  subject  withdrew  after  the  first  treatment  visit;
therefore, the resulting per-protocol analysis population consisted of 69 subjects (138 eyes). Mean pupil diameter for each eye at baseline and at 35 minutes
post-drug  administration  is  shown  graphically  below.  At  35  minutes,  the  treatment  group  difference  between  MicroStat  and  placebo  was  4.63  mm  (SE
0.0544), which was highly statistically significant (p < 0.0001); consequently, the null hypothesis was rejected and the primary endpoint was met.

Pupil Diameter by Eye and Treatment at Baseline and 35 Minutes
(PP Population)

Mean ± Standard Deviation

As  shown  in  the  table  below,  at  35  minutes  post-drug  administration,  MicroStat  achieved  a  clinically  meaningful  pupil  diameter  ≥  6.0  mm  in
92.8%% of right eyes and 94.2% of left eyes and pupil diameter ≥ 7.0 mm in 69.6% of right and 68.1% of left eyes. None of the eyes in the placebo group
achieved similar dilation.

Proportion of Eyes Achieving Pupil Diameter ≥ 6.0 mm and ≥ 7.0 mm at 35 Minutes
(PP Population)

35 Min Post Dose
Combined Visits  (1, 2, 3)
Pupil diameter ≥ 6.0 mm
Pupil diameter < 6.0 mm

Pupil diameter ≥ 7.0 mm
Pupil diameter < 7.0 mm

MicroStat

Placebo

  OD (N=69)  

  OS (N=69)  

 64 ( 92.8)%   
  5 (  7.2)%   

 65 ( 94.2)%   
  4 (  5.8)%   

  OD (N=69)  
0 

 69 (100.0)%   

  OS (N=69)  
0 
 69 (100.0)

 48 ( 69.6)%   
 21 ( 30.4)%   

 47 ( 68.1)%   
 22 ( 31.9)%   

0 

 69 (100.0)%   

0 
 69 (100.0)

Two TEAEs (one event of mild instillation site pain and one event of moderate photophobia) were reported in the MicroStat group, while none were reported
with the use of placebo. No non-ocular adverse events were reported.

The outcomes of MIST-1 and MIST-2 are consistent. As shown below, in both studies, MicroStat achieved a mean change in pupil size between 4.6
mm and 4.8 mm at 35 minutes post-dose. In both studies, between 93% and 95% of eyes treated with the fixed combination mydriatic drug achieved a pupil
diameter ≥ 6.0 mm at this same timepoint. Additionally, in MIST-1, the median time to maximum post-baseline pupil diameter with ≥ 1.0 mm increase from
baseline for fixed combination solution was 73.0 minutes, while in MIST-2, it was 71.0 minutes.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Efficacy of MicroStat in MIST-1 and MIST-2 Studies (PP Populations)

Mean change in pupil diameter from baseline at 35 minutes

Proportion of eyes with pupil diameter ≥ 6.0 mm at 35 minutes
Median time to maximum post-baseline pupil diameter with ≥ 1.0 mm
increase from baseline

MIST-1
4.6 mm right eyes
4.7 mm left eyes
95.2% of right eyes 
93.5% of left eyes

MIST-2
4.7 mm right eyes
4.8 mm left eyes
92.8% of right eyes 
94.2% of left eyes

73.0 minutes 

71.0 minutes 

The consistency of these results validates the robustness of the study designs and demonstrates the impressive treatment effect of MicroStat. More

generally, these outcomes serve to further validate the bioavailability and efficacy of Optejet drug administration to the ocular surface.

With the primary objectives of our Phase III program met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval in the United States in
2020.  Outside  the  United  States,  we  have  entered  into  a  licensing  partnership  for  MicroStat  with  Senju  Pharmaceuticals  for  commercialization  in  Asia,
including China, Japan and India.

MicroPine

A key therapeutic program for Eyenovia is our first-in-class topical treatment for progressive myopia, a back-of-the-eye disease.

Background of Progressive Myopia and Market Opportunity

Progressive  myopia  is  estimated  to  affect  close  to  five  million  patients  in  the  United  States  who  suffer  from  uncontrolled  axial  elongation  of  the
sclera leading to increasing levels of myopia and in some cases major pathologic changes such as retinal atrophy, macular staphylomas, retinal detachment
and visual impairment.

Progressive Myopia with Retinal Atrophy Changes

Academic groups have demonstrated that high efficacy with low dose atropine reduces myopia progression 60-70%, with sustained effect through
three  years. A  recent  therapeutic  evidence  assessment  and  review  by  the  American  Academy  of  Ophthalmology,  indicates  Level  1  (highest)  evidence  of
efficacy  for  the  role  of  low  dose  atropine  for  progressive  myopia  (Ophthalmology  2017;124:1857-1866;  Ophthalmology  2016;  123(2)  391:399)).  While
atropine 1% ophthalmic solution is commercially available, we believe the significant side effects associated with its use in the pediatric population make its
use undesirable for the treatment of progressive myopia.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  recently  initiated  the  development  of  a  micro-formulation  of  atropine  for  moderate  to  severe  myopia  (nearsightedness),  an  ocular  disorder  in
which the optical power of the eye is too strong for the corresponding ocular anatomy. Myopia is the most common refractive error requiring correction seen
in children. It is estimated that there are over 80 million children diagnosed with myopia worldwide and over 5 million in the United States. While currently
there  are  no  FDA-approved  therapies  for  myopia  progression,  there  is  growing  evidence  of  the  therapeutic  activity  of  topical  atropine,  an  anticholinergic
agent  used  for  dilation,  as  a  treatment  to  slow  progression.  Despite  activity,  safety  concerns  such  as  pupil  dilation,  photosensitivity  and  accommodation
difficulties associated with standard atropine, 1% have tempered initial clinical adoption. While macrodose atropine 1% is currently FDA-approved for pupil
dilation in the United States, its significant side effect profile has impeded clinical utility and adoption for myopia progression.

Phase III Clinical Development Program

We have received IND approval for MicroPine and expect to initiate our Phase III clinical trial in 2019. We expect the clinical trial to be a U.S.-
based, multi-center, randomized, double-masked trial that will enroll more than 400 children and adolescents who will use MicroPine therapy daily for four
years.  Participants  will  be  equally  randomized  to  receive  treatment  with  either  of  two  MicroPine  treatment  concentrations  or  a  placebo  control  arm.  The
primary assessment of efficacy is based on reduction in myopia progression at three years, with a fourth year of follow-up required to assess any rebound
effects associated with a change in the medication regimen. If the primary objectives of our Phase III program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA
for marketing approval of MicroPine to slow the progression of myopia under the 505(b)(2) pathway.

MicroProst

MicroProst is our proprietary latanoprost formulation product candidate, which is being developed as a first-line treatment for reduction of IOP in
patients  with  CACG,  OAG  and  OHT.  Currently,  there  are  no  FDA-approved  therapies  for  CACG,  which  accounts  for  an  estimated  10%  and  50%  of  all
glaucoma diagnoses in the United States and China, respectively.

Background of Chronic Angle Closure Glaucoma, Open Angle Glaucoma and Ocular Hypertension and Market Opportunity

CACG, OAG and OHT are well characterized and clinically diagnosed disease entities, as established by the American Academy of Ophthalmology
Preferred  Practice  Patterns.  CACG  and  OAG  are  characterized  by  increased  IOP  and  optic  neuropathy,  while  OHT  patients  are  often  at  risk  for  optic
neuropathy. According to the Johns Hopkins Glaucoma Center of Excellence, there are approximately three million CACG and OAG patients in the United
States, and approximately five million additional ocular hypertensives who may be at risk for developing glaucoma, as demonstrated below.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that MicroProst could become a first-line option for treating elevated IOP, competing with other prostaglandin analogues in OAG, CACG

and OHT. We estimate the addressable market for MicroProst exceeds $1.5 billion in the United States alone.

The mainstay of glaucoma treatment for both open and angle-closure glaucoma is IOP lowering with pharmacologic therapy. While IOP lowering
pharmacotherapies have been FDA indicated and approved for IOP lowering in open-angle glaucoma, none have been specifically studied in FDA trials nor
indicated  for  CACG,  which  is  a  less  prevalent  disease.  Despite  the  unmet  need  and  the  fact  that  over  approximately  90%  of  CACG  patients  continue  to
require chronic lifelong IOP-lowering therapy, many physicians continue to use off-label treatments without the support of rigorous clinical trials and data.
Therapeutic control is particularly important for CACG patients where it has been well established that optic nerve damage is more IOP-dependent than that
of open-angle glaucoma and CACG patients progress two times more quickly than open-angle glaucoma patients.

There  is  strong  clinical  evidence  from  multiple  studies  as  well  as  a  more  recent  randomized  controlled  study  published  in  the  Archives  of
Ophthalmology that latanoprost and timolol cause significant IOP lowering in patients with CACG — 35% and 26%, respectively. Even though there has been
no  FDA-approved  therapy,  peer-reviewed  and  published  clinical  trials  demonstrate  robust  therapeutic  effect  of  latanoprost  in  CACG,  which  is  highly
informative  for  our  forthcoming  Phase  III  clinical  trial.  A  randomized  controlled  study  in  60  eyes  published  in  the  peer-reviewed  journal,  Archives  of
Ophthalmology, shows not only a high level of IOP lowering effect of 8.2 mmHg at three months, but also superiority to active timolol control which only
lowered IOP by 6.1 mmHg.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diumal Variation of IOP at Baseline and After Three Months of Therapy
With Latanoprost and Timolol in 60 Eyes

Latanoprost

Timolol Maleate

  Decrease in IOP  

  Decrease in IOP  

Mean ±
SD
Baseline
IOP, mm
Hg
23.5 ±
3.1
24.6 ±
3.9
23.6 ±
2.7
23.2 ±
2.7
22.4 ±
3.1
23.3 ±
2.9
23.4 ±
2.1

Mean
±
SD
IOP,
mm
Hg
14.0 ±
2.2
14.6 ±
2.8
16.2 ±
2.7
15.7 ±
3.4
15.6 ±
3.1
15.6 ±
3.0
15.3 ±
1.8

Mean
±
SD,
mm
Hg
9.5 ±
3.3
10.0 ±
4.3
7.4 ±
3.4
7.5 ±
3.3
6.8 ±
3.4
7.6 ±
3.9
8.2 ±
2.0

  %  

  40.4  

  40.6  

  31.4  

  32.3  

  30.4  

  32.6  

  34.9  

Mean
±
SD
IOP,
mm
Hg
18.3 ±
3.2
17.9 ±
3.6
17.1 ±
3.2
17.7 ±
3.9
16.9 ±
3.8
16.3 ±
3.4
17.4 ±
1.7

Mean
±
SD,
mm
Hg
5.2 ±
3.6
6.7 ±
3.5
6.5 ±
3.8
5.6 ±
3.7
5.6 ±
3.9
6.9 ±
3.6
6.1 ±
1.7

P

  %  

Value  

  22.1  

<.01

  27.2  

<.01

  27.5  

.04

  24.1  

<.01

  25.0  

  29.6  

.01

.25

  26.0  

<.01

Time of
IOP
Recording

7 AM

10 AM

1 PM

4 PM

7 PM

10 PM

Mean

Additionally, 72% of patients taking latanoprost and 43% of patients taking timolol achieved more than 30% IOP lowering from baseline. Similarly,
another  randomized  controlled  study  demonstrated  an  8.8  mmHg  IOP  reduction  with  latanoprost  and  5.7  mmHg  reduction  with  timolol  in  patients  with
CACG. Data from these studies not only suggest the biologic therapeutic effect of IOP lowering in CACG, but also highlight the undesirable associated safety
profile  of  macrodosing  such  as  hyperemia  and  ocular  discomfort,  which  caused  significant  adverse  events  in  more  than  40%  of  patients.  Based  on  these
studies and the data from the open-angle glaucoma disease therapeutic paradigm, we believe MicroProst may demonstrate IOP lowering and an improved
safety profile for CACG patients in our planned Phase III clinical trial. If approved, MicroProst would be the only first-line medication that is FDA-approved
in CACG, OAG and OHT.

Phase III Clinical Development Program

Subsequent to the completion of early phase clinical trials, we met with the FDA to discuss our Phase III plans for MicroProst. The FDA outlined the
necessary clinical trials for approval and we are preparing to initiate a Phase III registration program for MicroProst relying on the 505(b)(2) pathway in 2019.
If  approved,  we  believe  MicroProst  will  have  the  widest  indication  of  commercially  available  IOP-lowering  therapies,  including  the  first  FDA-approved
treatment for CACG. Based on the results of our earlier study of Optejet-administered latanoprost (EYNPG-21), we believe MicroProst will achieve similar
clinical  efficacy  without  the  adverse  effects  seen  with  conventional  drops,  which  overdose  the  eye  with  potentially  harmful  preservatives  and  active
pharmaceutical ingredient, or API.

We anticipate that the MicroProst clinical program will require a single Phase III randomized controlled clinical trial involving patients with OHT,
POAG and CACG, with a three-month primary endpoint evaluating IOP reduction and follow-up through six months for safety. We plan to begin the clinical
trial for MicroProst in 2019. We have entered into a licensing partnership for our MicroProst program with Senju Pharmaceuticals for Asia, including China
where it is estimated that CACG accounts for up to 50% of all glaucoma.

MicroTears

MicroTears  is  a  micro-droplet  ocular  hyperemia  (red  eye),  pruritis  (itch)  and  ocular  lubrication  product  candidate  for  an  estimated  $850  million
ocular OTC market in the United States. The Optejet can enable accurate delivery of MicroTears directly to the ocular surface, which we believe enhances its
effectiveness. The lower volume of MicroTears could also lower the incidents of droplet overflow and potentially reduce the risk of therapeutic rebound from
the  ocular  decongestant,  where  over  time  these  products  may  lose  their  effectiveness.  While  no  FDA  studies  are  required  for  registration  of  a  monograph
formulation, we expect to conduct multiple Phase IV post-marketing studies to demonstrate the benefits of MicroTears. We plan to complete formulation and
manufacturing scale-up activities for an expected market introduction in 2019.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Background of Ocular hyperemia, Pruritis and Dry Eye Syndrome and Market Opportunity

Ocular hyperemia (red eye) is caused by dilation of the blood vessels in the conjunctiva. The increased diameter of the blood vessels can cause the
conjunctiva to take on a diffuse pink color. Common causes of hyperemia include allergies, morning eye congestion (when irritants become caught in the tear
film overnight), dry eye and contact lens wear.

Ocular pruritis (itch) is a common symptom that can impact a patient’s quality of life. Pruritis can be caused by keratoconjunctivitis, allergies, dry

eye syndrome, meibomian gland dysfunction, blepharitis and contact lens wear.

Dry eye syndrome, or DES, is a common yet complex ocular condition caused by decreased tear production and/or increased tear evaporation. It is a
chronic,  episodic,  multifactorial  disease  affecting  the  tears  and  ocular  surface  that  can  result  in  tear  film  instability,  inflammation,  discomfort,  visual
disturbance, and potential damage to the ocular surface. DES can have a significant impact on quality of life. In addition, the vast majority of DES patients
experience acute exacerbations of their symptoms, which are commonly referred to as flares, at various times throughout the year.

All three of these conditions can be triggered by numerous factors, including exposure to allergens, pollution, wind and low humidity, intense visual
concentration  such  as  watching  television  and  working  at  a  computer,  contact  lens  wear,  smoking  and  sleep  deprivation,  which  can  cause  ocular  surface
inflammation and impact tear production and/or tear film stability.

An  estimated  over  20  million  people  in  the  United  States  suffer  from  the  symptoms  of  dry  eye  and  many  more  have  had  episodes  of  ocular
hyperemia  or  pruritis.  An  estimated  25%  of  patients  visiting  ophthalmology  clinics  in  the  United  States  report  dry  eye  symptoms.  While  many  patients
receive  prescriptions  for  dry  eye  symptoms,  the  majority  of  patients  with  ocular  hyperemia  or  pruritis  opt  for  OTC  products.  The  OTC  market  for  these
conditions is approximately $850 million annually in the United States. We believe MicroTears will offer meaningful improvements over other OTC options,
by improved accuracy in delivering the medication, better ocular coating, lower incidence of medication running down the patient’s face and potentially a
lower incidence of ocular decongestant rebound due to microdosing of the active ingredient.

Our Technology

The Optejet comes in two parts:

•

•

the base contains the electronic components which enable generation of control signals designed to ensure consistent, accurate columnated
arrays of micro-droplets, as well as dose tracking via Bluetooth connectivity; and

the disposable cartridge which contains the drug formulation in a primary drug container, targeted dosing system and piezo-driven ejector
nozzle, and comes in one-month doses. 

For administration of our product candidates, the patient receives both the base and the disposable cartridge. For refills, the patient receives only the
disposable  cartridge.  Patients  deliver  their  dose  by  attaching  the  cartridge  to  the  base,  pressing  an  activation  button  which  loads  a  single  drug  dose,  then,
holding  it  between  one  and  two  inches  from  the  eye  while  looking  directly  into  an  illuminated  circle,  pressing  a  second  button  to  emit  the  micro-droplet
delivered  medication.  The  micro-droplets  are  emitted  in  a  quickly  repeating  array,  that  in  aggregate  form  a  micro-jet.  Solution  is  dispensed  to  the  ocular
surface in approximately 80 milliseconds, which beats the blink reflex of the eye and enables the medication to coat the ocular surface while not flooding the
eye’s tear capacity. The patient feels a wet sensation on the eye, but does not experience any pain, as demonstrated in studies to date. Several acute clinical
trials have been performed to date that demonstrate the Optejet’s usability. As a precise and quick-delivered microdose, it does not drip down the face or drain
down  the  naso-lacrimal  duct  thereby  minimizing  delivery  of  extra  product  or  preservatives  to  the  eye.  The  rechargeable  base  has  intelligent  power
management and precision designed circuitry that maximizes battery life allowing for infrequent recharging, while providing consistent dose delivery over the
life of each cartridge.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our system is based on piezo-driven printer technology, which is also used for high-precision ink jet printing. In ink jet printing, piezo technology
enables ink to be sprayed with precision to form letters and numbers on paper. Our patented system takes aspects of piezo driven printer technology, and
applies it to the delivery of therapeutics to the eye.

Sales and Marketing

In light of our development stage, our commercial organization is focused on establishing relationships with potential strategic partners, key opinion
leaders and medical organizations. These relationships will be important to the rapid acceptance and uptake of our products once they become available. We
are also assessing sales, reimbursement and distribution strategies to maximize the value of our assets in development. We have licensed commercialization
rights in Asia to Senju Pharmaceuticals and have retained global commercial rights for our product candidates in all other regions. As partial consideration,
Senju Pharmaceuticals purchased $5 million of our Series A preferred stock in April 2015 (which subsequently converted to shares of our common stock in
connection with our initial public offering). Pursuant to the exclusive license agreement, Senju Pharmaceuticals also agreed to pay us royalties equal to 5% of
the net sales (excluding manufacturing costs, rebates and other charges) for the licensed products sold by Senju Pharmaceuticals on a semi-annual basis until
the expiration of all patents or pending patent applications covering such licensed product, at which time the royalty rate will be reduced to 1%. The royalty
payment will continue, on a country-by-country basis, until the latter of the 10th year of the first commercial sale of a licensed product in any country or the
expiration of the licensed patents. Upon expiration of the agreement, Senju Pharmaceuticals will own an exclusive, fully paid up, irrevocable and perpetual
license. The exclusive license agreement may be terminated by either party for any material breach by the other party that is not cured within 90 days of
receipt of written notice by the breaching party. If so terminated by Senju Pharmaceuticals, the license will survive the termination with no further payment
obligations to us. If so terminated by us, the license will terminate and Senju Pharmaceuticals will transfer all rights to regulatory approvals to us, with no
refund or recovery of any development costs. Senju Pharmaceuticals may also terminate the exclusive license agreement without cause upon 60 days written
notice on a country-by-country basis, in which event Senju Pharmaceuticals will transfer all rights to regulatory approvals pertaining to any licensed product
to us.

If our product candidates receive marketing approval, we plan to commercialize them in the United States through a combination of distributors,
specialty  pharmacies  and  our  own  specialty  sales  force.  We  expect  to  work  with  distribution  companies  or  through  other  marketing  arrangements  in  the
European Union and other regions outside the United States We believe that the U.S. commercial organization will initially consist of approximately 15 sales
and  marketing  professionals  and,  upon  approval  of  MicroPine,  grow  to  approximately  100  individuals  calling  on  ophthalmologists  and  optometrists.  We
expect to make hires and sign distribution agreements for commercialization following NDA approval of any of our product candidates. Our management
team and directors, which would lead the commercialization planning of our lead product candidates, have substantial experience in the commercialization of
ophthalmic therapeutics.

Manufacturing

We  currently  rely  on  a  combination  of  internal  manufacturing  capacity  and  third-party  manufacturers  to  produce  the  product  candidates  for  our
clinical trials. We manage such production with all our vendors on a purchase order basis. Relationships with vendors of critical components are governed by
applicable service and supply agreements or purchase order terms. We do not currently have long-term agreements with these manufacturers or any other
third-party suppliers. We intend to procure quantities on a purchase order basis for our clinical and initial commercial production. If any of our existing third-
party suppliers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we might experience a
delay in our ability to obtain alternately sourced quantities of materials or services due to their unique and specialized nature. We also do not have any current
contractual relationships for the manufacture of commercial supplies of our product candidates if they are approved. With respect to commercial production
of our product candidates in the future, we plan to outsource production of the majority of the product candidates if they are approved for marketing by the
applicable regulatory authorities.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on
proprietary products. While we believe that our technologies, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face
potential  competition  from  many  different  sources,  including  major  pharmaceutical,  specialty  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  companies,  academic
institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize
will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Our potential competitors include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and specialty pharmaceutical and generic or biosimilar drug
companies.  Many  of  our  competitors  have  significantly  greater  financial  and  human  resources  and  expertise  in  research  and  development,  manufacturing,
preclinical  testing,  conducting  clinical  trials,  obtaining  regulatory  approvals  and  marketing  approved  products  than  we  do.  Smaller  and  other  early  stage
companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third
parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment for
clinical trials, as well as in acquiring products, product candidates or other technologies that we may target to in-license or acquire in pursuit of our updated
business plan.

For MicroStat, we are not aware of any micro-therapeutics nor of any existing FDA-approved phenylephrine-tropicamide topical fixed combination
even  in  standard  macrodose.  There  are  competitive  macrodose  drop  formulations  of  individual  therapeutics  such  as  phenylephrine  and  tropicamide  for
mydriasis by companies such as Akorn, Alcon and others, as well as pharmacies that compound the combination on an individual basis for physicians.

For MicroPine, we are not aware of any FDA-approved therapies to slow the progression of myopia.

For the MicroProst program, there are currently no FDA-approved prostaglandin therapies for chronic angle closure glaucoma and we are not aware
of any in ongoing FDA registration studies. Physicians currently use off-label IOP lowering medications that are FDA-approved for a different disease entity,
namely open-angle glaucoma.

For  MicroTears,  there  is  an  estimated  $850  million  U.S.  market  of  OTC  medications  including  ocular  decongestants  and  artificial  tears  with  an
aggregate of 200 million units sold annually in the United States, but none that we are aware of with targeted, ocular surface coating micro-droplet delivery.
We believe the benefits of microdosing as well as simplicity and convenience of our MicroTears system, which can be administered without tilting the head
and with minimal risk of inconveniences such as dripping down the patient’s cheek, can differentiate our product from other OTC products.

Intellectual Property

Our success may depend on our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce our proprietary rights related to our products and other technologies. We must
also  operate  without  infringing  the  proprietary  rights  of  others  while  preventing  others  from  infringing  our  proprietary  rights.  We  will  seek  to  protect  our
proprietary  position  by,  among  other  methods,  filing  U.S.  and  foreign  patent  applications.  We  may  also  rely  on  trade  secrets  and  know-how  for  some
proprietary methods, methods of manufacture, and systems and devices. We continue innovating our technologies, and will file appropriate U.S. and foreign
patent applications for our future innovations.

Patents

As of December 31, 2018, we owned seven U.S. issued utility patents, one issued design patent, and nine pending U.S. patent applications, as well as

33 issued foreign patents, 41 pending foreign patent applications, and one pending international PCT application.

Patent coverage within the portfolio includes issued and pending patent applications disclosing and claiming the following devices and methods:

•

•

A piezoelectric device configured to generate an ejected stream of droplets is the subject of one patent family. The device ejects droplets
having an average ejected droplet diameter greater than 20 microns and an average initial droplet ejecting velocity between 0.5 m/s and 10
m/s. Furthermore, the stream of droplets is generated with low entrained airflow so that at least 75% of the mass is deposited on the eye.
U.S. patents for these devices are expected to expire in 2031.

A method of delivering a medicament or solution to an eye with a piezo-ejector device is the subject of another patent family. The method
involves  delivering  an  average  droplet  size  of  20  microns  to  100  microns  in  diameter  with  an  average  initial  droplet  ejecting  velocity
between 1 m/s and 10 m/s to the eye. About 85% to 100% of the ejected mass of droplets is deposited on the eye. U.S. patents for these
methods are expected to expire in 2031.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

A device having a piezo-ejector that generates a directed stream of droplets through specially shaped openings in the piezo-ejector is the
subject of still another patent family. The openings provide laminar flow through the openings. Laminar flow is provided by shaping the
openings with a gradual slope change so that an external entry radius has a circular shape which reduces airflow while providing laminar
flow through the openings. U.S. patents related to these devices are expected to expire in 2033.

A piezo-electric ejector device having a microcontroller which auto-tunes the ejector mechanism is the subject of another patent family. The
device  generates  at  least  one  cycle  in  a  range  of  drive  signal  frequencies  and  obtains  time-energy  product  feedback  from  a  decay  signal
emitted by the actuator. U.S. patents related to these devices are expected to expire in 2033.

A method of monitoring the treatment of ophthalmic subjects by capturing images of the eye is the subject of another patent family. Images
of the eye are taken which are sufficient to obtain information about the diagnosis or health of the eye. The data is stored and analyzed to
monitor treatment. U.S. patents related to this method are expected to expire in 2031.

A fluid ejector having a fluid loading plate in parallel arrangement with an ejector mechanism is the subject of patent family patented in
Europe. The fluid loading plate forms a capillary separation with the ejector mechanism to generate capillary fluid flow. The fluid loading
plate is also attached to the reservoir (at a fluid reservoir interface) and to the ejector mechanism (at an ejector mechanism interface) and
may have one or more fluid channels from the fluid reservoir interface to the ejector mechanism interface. The ejector produces a stream of
droplets having a droplet diameter greater than 15 microns with the stream having low entrained airflow so that the pressure of the stream
will be substantially imperceptible.

The expiry of any patent depends upon the legal term for patents in that particular country. In the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years
from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment
which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, in examining and granting a patent.
A patent term may also be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent or application.

The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years

beyond the expiration date of a U.S. patent as partial compensation for the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force.

A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent
applicable  to  each  regulatory  review  period  may  be  extended  and  only  those  claims  covering  the  approved  drug,  a  method  for  using  it  or  a  method  for
manufacturing it may be extended. We cannot provide any assurance that any patent term extension with respect to any U.S. patent will be obtained and, if
obtained, the duration of such extension. Similar patent term extension/reduction provisions are available in the European Union and other jurisdictions. In
the future, if and when our product candidates receive approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we will apply for patent term extensions on
issued patents covering our products to the extent available under the applicable law, depending upon the length of any such clinical trials for any product and
other factors. The expiration dates referred to above are without regard to potential patent term extension or other market exclusivity that may be available to
us. However, we cannot provide any assurances that any such patent term extension of a foreign patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such
extension.

In Asia, we have been granted a patent in each of China and South Korea and two patents in Japan that describe a piezoelectric device configured to
generate an ejected stream of droplets with a particular droplet diameter and ejection velocity. We also have seven additional patents granted in China, five
additional patents granted in Japan, and four patents granted in Singapore, all related to aspects of the piezoelectric device and methods of using the device.

Trademarks

Our  products  are  marketed  under  trademarks  and  service  marks  that  are  owned  by  us.  The  following  words  are  trademarks  in  our  Company’s

trademark portfolio and are the subject of either registration, or application for registration, in the United States: EYENOVIA®, OPTEJET™.

In addition to the trademarks noted above, we will file trademark applications for new trademarks registrations to protect our market positions in the

United States and other jurisdictions on an ongoing basis.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proprietary Technology

In addition to patents, we may rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how to protect our technology. We endeavor to protect our proprietary
technology and processes in the appropriate manner to maintain their secrecy including confidentiality agreements when dealing with third parties. We also
seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic
security of our information technology systems. We also require invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and contractors.

Government Regulation and Product Approvals

Government authorities in the United States, at federal, state and local levels, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union,
extensively  regulate,  among  other  things,  the  research,  development,  testing,  manufacture,  quality  control,  approval,  packaging,  storage,  recordkeeping,
labeling,  advertising,  promotion,  distribution,  marketing,  post-approval  monitoring  and  reporting,  and  import  and  export  of  pharmaceutical  products.  The
processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable
statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

In  the  United  States,  the  FDA  regulates  drug  products  under  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  or  FDCA,  and  implementing  regulations.  The
process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the
expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. The failure to comply with applicable requirements under the FDCA and other applicable laws at any
time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or
judicial  sanctions,  including  refusal  by  the  FDA  to  approve  pending  applications,  withdrawal  of  an  approval,  imposition  of  a  clinical  hold,  issuance  of
warning  letters  and  other  types  of  letters,  voluntary  product  recalls,  product  seizures,  total  or  partial  suspension  of  production  or  distribution,  injunctions,
fines,  refusals  of  government  contracts,  restitution,  disgorgement  of  profits,  or  civil  or  criminal  investigations  and  penalties  brought  by  the  FDA  and  the
Department of Justice or other governmental entities.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or
GLP, regulations;

submission to the FDA of an IND which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;

approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety
and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

satisfactory  completion  of  one  or  more  FDA  inspections  of  the  manufacturing  facility  or  facilities  at  which  the  product,  or  components
thereof,  are  produced  to  assess  compliance  with  current  Good  Manufacturing  Practices,  or  cGMP,  requirements  and  to  assure  that  the
facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, and post-approval studies
required by the FDA.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient
and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to
establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The
results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials,
among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and
carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

The IND and IRB Processes

An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved drug to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical
trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer an investigational drug to humans. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and
administration of any new drug that is not the subject of an approved NDA. In support of a request for an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each
clinical  trial  and  any  subsequent  protocol  amendments  must  be  submitted  to  the  FDA  as  part  of  the  IND.  In  addition,  the  results  of  the  preclinical  tests,
together  with  manufacturing  information,  analytical  data,  any  available  clinical  data  or  literature  and  plans  for  clinical  trials,  among  other  things,  are
submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. The FDA requires a 30-day waiting period after the filing of each IND before clinical trials may begin. This waiting
period is designed to allow the FDA to review the IND to determine whether human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. At any
time during this 30-day period, the FDA may raise concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trials as outlined in the IND and impose a clinical
hold. In this case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can begin.

Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on that clinical trial. A
clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical
hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a specific protocol or part of a protocol is not allowed to
proceed, while other protocols may do so. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a
written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, an investigation may only resume after the FDA has
notified  the  sponsor  that  the  investigation  may  proceed.  The  FDA  will  base  that  determination  on  information  provided  by  the  sponsor  correcting  the
deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the investigation can proceed.

A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an
IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the
study complies with FDA certain regulatory requirements in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Specifically,
such studies must be conducted in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee, or
IEC, and informed consent from subjects. The FDA’s regulations are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign
clinical studies, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. They further help ensure that non-IND foreign studies are conducted in a manner
comparable to that required for IND studies.

In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the
plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct a continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The
IRB  must  review  and  approve,  among  other  things,  the  study  protocol  and  informed  consent  information  to  be  provided  to  study  subjects.  An  IRB  must
operate in compliance with FDA regulations. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the
clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm
to patients.

Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety
monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a clinical trial may move forward at designated check points based on
access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur
if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made
by us based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

Information  about  certain  clinical  trials  must  be  submitted  within  specific  timeframes  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  or  NIH,  for  public

dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

Clinical  trials  involve  the  administration  of  the  investigational  product  to  human  subjects  under  the  supervision  of  qualified  investigators  in
accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing
before  their  participation  in  any  clinical  trial.  Clinical  trials  are  conducted  under  written  study  protocols  detailing,  among  other  things,  the  inclusion  and
exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

•

•

•

Phase I. The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease
or  condition  and  tested  for  safety,  dosage  tolerance,  absorption,  metabolism,  distribution,  excretion  and,  if  possible,  to  gain  an  early
indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

Phase  II.  The  drug  is  administered  to  a  limited  patient  population  to  identify  possible  adverse  effects  and  safety  risks,  to  preliminarily
evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

Phase  III.  The  drug  is  administered  to  an  expanded  patient  population,  generally  at  geographically  dispersed  clinical  trial  sites,  in  well-
controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the
overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress  reports  detailing  the  results  of  the  clinical  trials  must  be  submitted  at  least  annually  to  the  FDA  and  more  frequently  if  serious  adverse
events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions;
findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in
the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase I, Phase II and Phase III clinical trials might not
be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on
various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate
approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements
or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance
with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry
and  physical  characteristics  of  the  drug  as  well  as  finalize  a  process  for  manufacturing  the  product  in  commercial  quantities  in  accordance  with  cGMP
requirements.  The  manufacturing  process  must  be  capable  of  consistently  producing  quality  batches  of  the  drug  candidate  and,  among  other  things,  must
develop  methods  for  testing  the  identity,  strength,  quality,  purity,  and  potency  of  the  final  drug. Additionally,  appropriate  packaging  must  be  selected  and
tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Submission of an NDA to the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together
with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as
part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an
application  user  fee,  which  for  federal  fiscal  year  2019  is  $2,588,478  for  an  application  requiring  clinical  data.  The  sponsor  of  an  approved  NDA  is  also
subject to an annual prescription drug program fee, which for fiscal year 2019 is $309,915. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these
fees, such as an exception from the application fee for drugs with orphan designation and a waiver for certain small businesses. Eyenovia is currently eligible
for a waiver of the application fees under the small business provisions.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt and informs the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of
the submission to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather
than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject
to  review  before  the  FDA  accepts  it  for  filing.  Once  the  submission  is  accepted  for  filing,  the  FDA  begins  an  in-depth  substantive  review.  The  FDA  has
agreed to certain performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Most such applications are meant to be reviewed within 10 months from the date of
filing, and most applications for “priority review” products are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. For applications of drug products that are not
new molecular entities, FDA aims to conduct standard reviews within 10 months of receipt of the NDA and priority reviews within six months of receipt of
the NDA. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant
to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval
inspections  may  cover  all  facilities  associated  with  an  NDA  submission,  including  drug  component  manufacturing  (such  as  active  pharmaceutical
ingredients),  finished  drug  product  manufacturing,  and  control  testing  laboratories.  The  FDA  will  not  approve  an  application  unless  it  determines  that  the
manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required
specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the
professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider
the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of
known or potential adverse events, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans
for  healthcare  professionals,  and  elements  to  assure  safe  use,  or  ETASU.  ETASU  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  special  training  or  certification  for
prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS
before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect
the potential market and profitability of a product.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory
committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to
whether  the  application  should  be  approved  and  under  what  conditions.  The  FDA  is  not  bound  by  the  recommendations  of  an  advisory  committee,  but  it
considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

On  the  basis  of  the  FDA’s  evaluation  of  the  NDA  and  accompanying  information,  including  the  results  of  the  inspection  of  the  manufacturing
facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific
prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial
additional  testing  or  information  in  order  for  the  FDA  to  reconsider  the  application.  If  and  when  those  deficiencies  have  been  addressed  to  the  FDA’s
satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six
months  depending  on  the  type  of  information  included.  Even  with  submission  of  this  additional  information,  the  FDA  ultimately  may  decide  that  the
application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions
be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase IV clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after
approval,  require  testing  and  surveillance  programs  to  monitor  the  product  after  commercialization,  or  impose  other  conditions,  including  distribution
restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The
FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of
changes  to  the  approved  product,  such  as  adding  new  indications,  manufacturing  changes  and  additional  labeling  claims,  are  subject  to  further  testing
requirements and FDA review and approval.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs  manufactured  or  distributed  pursuant  to  FDA  approvals  are  subject  to  pervasive  and  continuing  regulation  by  the  FDA,  including,  among
other  things,  requirements  relating  to  recordkeeping,  periodic  reporting,  product  sampling  and  distribution,  advertising  and  promotion  and  reporting  of
adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are
subject to prior FDA review and approval.

In  addition,  drug  manufacturers  and  other  entities  involved  in  the  manufacture  and  distribution  of  approved  drugs  are  required  to  register  their
establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance
with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA
regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor
and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area
of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

25

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if
problems  occur  after  the  product  reaches  the  market.  Later  discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  with  a  product,  including  adverse  events  of
unanticipated  severity  or  frequency,  or  with  manufacturing  processes,  or  failure  to  comply  with  regulatory  requirements,  may  result  in  revisions  to  the
approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or
other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only
for  the  approved  indications  and  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  approved  label.  The  FDA  and  other  agencies  actively  enforce  the  laws  and
regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant
liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates
the  distribution  of  drugs  and  drug  samples  at  the  federal  level,  and  sets  minimum  standards  for  the  registration  and  regulation  of  drug  distributors  by  the
states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability
in distribution.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

NDAs  for  most  new  drug  products  are  based  on  two  full  clinical  trials  which  must  contain  substantial  evidence  of  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  the
proposed new product. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative
type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and
efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations made to show
whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the
applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant.
NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations
or new uses of previously approved products. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically
appropriate,  the  applicant  may  eliminate  the  need  to  conduct  certain  preclinical  studies  or  clinical  trials  of  the  new  product.  The  FDA  may  also  require
companies  to  perform  additional  studies  or  measurements  to  support  the  change  from  the  approved  product.  The  FDA  may  then  approve  the  new  drug
candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section
505(b)(2) applicant.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as
drugs  previously  approved  by  the  FDA  under  the  NDA  provisions  of  the  statute.  To  obtain  approval  of  a  generic  drug,  an  applicant  must  submit  an
abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical
testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active
ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is
“bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if  “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not
show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug.”

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication Approved
Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, also referred to as the Orange Book. Clinicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent
generic  drug  to  be  fully  substitutable  for  the  RLD.  In  addition,  by  operation  of  certain  state  laws  and  numerous  health  insurance  programs,  the  FDA’s
designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing clinicians or
patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA might not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has
expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this
provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An
active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity
has  been  granted,  an  ANDA  may  not  be  filed  with  the  FDA  until  the  expiration  of  five  years  unless  the  submission  is  accompanied  by  a  Paragraph  IV
certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than
bioavailability  or  bioequivalence  studies,  that  were  conducted  by  or  for  the  applicant  and  are  essential  to  the  approval  of  the  application. This  three-year
exclusivity  period  often  protects  changes  to  a  previously  approved  drug  product,  such  as  a  new  dosage  form,  route  of  administration,  combination  or
indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement
for  a  new  clinical  investigation  is  satisfied.  Unlike  five-year  NCE  exclusivity,  an  award  of  three-year  exclusivity  does  not  block  the  FDA  from  accepting
ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about
awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon  approval  of  an  NDA  or  a  supplement  thereto,  NDA  sponsors  are  required  to  list  with  the  FDA  each  patent  with  claims  that  cover  the
applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an
ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in
the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2)
applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the
approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

•

•

•

•

the required patent information has not been filed;

the listed patent has expired;

the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.  

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is
called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of
use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents
involving indications for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to
the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement
lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph
IV  certification  automatically  prevents  the  FDA  from  approving  the  ANDA  until  the  earlier  of  30  months  after  the  receipt  of  the  Paragraph  IV  notice,
expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify
to  the  FDA  concerning  any  patents  listed  for  the  approved  product  in  the  Orange  Book  to  the  same  extent  that  an  ANDA  applicant  would.  As  a  result,
approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity,
such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a
Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement
case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under  the  Pediatric  Research  Equity  Act  of  2003,  an  NDA  or  supplement  thereto  must  contain  data  that  are  adequate  to  assess  the  safety  and
effectiveness  of  the  drug  product  for  the  claimed  indications  in  all  relevant  pediatric  subpopulations,  and  to  support  dosing  and  administration  for  each
pediatric  subpopulation  for  which  the  product  is  safe  and  effective.  With  enactment  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  Safety  and  Innovation  Act,  or
FDASIA, in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric
study  or  studies  the  applicant  plans  to  conduct,  including  study  objectives  and  design,  any  deferral  or  waiver  requests,  and  other  information  required  by
regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree
upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval
of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral
requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not
apply to products with orphan designation.

Pediatric  exclusivity  is  another  type  of  non-patent  marketing  exclusivity  in  the  United  States  and,  if  granted,  provides  for  the  attachment  of  an
additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-
month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do
not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the
additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever
statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it
effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, which permits a
patent  restoration  of  up  to  five  years  for  patent  term  lost  during  product  development  and  the  FDA  regulatory  review.  The  restoration  period  granted  is
typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA
and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s
approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted
prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one
of the approvals. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA. We cannot
provide  any  assurance  that  any  patent  term  extension  with  respect  to  any  U.S.  patent  will  be  obtained  and,  if  obtained,  the  duration  of  such  extension,  in
connection with any of our product candidates.

The 21st Century Cures Act

On December 13, 2016, President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures Act, or the Cures Act, into law. The Cures Act is designed to modernize and
personalize healthcare, spur innovation and research, and streamline the discovery and development of new therapies through increased federal funding of
particular programs. It authorizes increased funding for the FDA to spend on innovation projects. The new law also amends the Public Health Service Act, or
the  PHSA,  to  reauthorize  and  expand  funding  for  the  NIH.  The  Act  establishes  the  NIH  Innovation  Fund  to  pay  for  the  cost  of  development  and
implementation  of  a  strategic  plan,  early  stage  investigators  and  research.  It  also  charges  NIH  with  leading  and  coordinating  expanded  pediatric  research.
Further, the Cures Act directs the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to expand surveillance of neurological diseases.

With  amendments  to  the  FDCA  and  the  PHSA,  Title  III  of  the  Cures  Act  seeks  to  accelerate  the  discovery,  development,  and  delivery  of  new
medicines and medical technologies. To that end, and among other provisions, the Cures Act reauthorizes the existing priority review voucher program for
certain  drugs  intended  to  treat  rare  pediatric  diseases  until  2020;  creates  a  new  priority  review  voucher  program  for  drug  applications  determined  to  be
material national security threat medical countermeasure applications; revises the FDCA to streamline review of combination product applications; requires
FDA  to  evaluate  the  potential  use  of   “real  world  evidence”  to  help  support  approval  of  new  indications  for  approved  drugs;  provides  a  new  “limited
population” approval pathway for antibiotic and antifungal drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections; and authorizes FDA to designate a
drug as a “regenerative advanced therapy,” thereby making it eligible for certain expedited review and approval designations.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review and Approval of Drug Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of
other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial
sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the
comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval
process  ultimately  varies  between  countries  and  jurisdictions  and  can  involve  additional  product  testing  and  additional  administrative  review  periods.  The
time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory
approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or
jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Procedures Governing Approval of Drug Products in the European Union

Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through
national legislation of the member states. Under this system, an applicant must obtain approval from the competent national authority of a European Union
member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial after a competent ethics committee has
issued  a  favorable  opinion.  Clinical  trial  application  must  be  accompanied  by  an  investigational  medicinal  product  dossier  with  supporting  information
prescribed  by  the  European  Clinical  Trials  Directive  and  corresponding  national  laws  of  the  member  states  and  further  detailed  in  applicable  guidance
documents.

To  obtain  marketing  approval  of  a  product  under  European  Union  regulatory  systems,  an  applicant  must  submit  a  marketing  authorization
application,  or  MAA,  either  under  a  centralized  or  decentralized  procedure.  The  centralized  procedure  provides  for  the  grant  of  a  single  marketing
authorization by the European Commission that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products,
including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products and
products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of
other  diseases  and  products  that  are  highly  innovative  or  for  which  a  centralized  process  is  in  the  interest  of  patients,  the  centralized  procedure  may  be
optional.

Under  the  centralized  procedure,  the  Committee  for  Medicinal  Products  for  Human  Use,  or  the  CHMP,  established  at  the  European  Medicines
Agency,  or  EMA,  is  responsible  for  conducting  the  initial  assessment  of  a  product.  The  CHMP  is  also  responsible  for  several  post-authorization  and
maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the
European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral
explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional
cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. In
this circumstance, the EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.

The decentralized procedure is available to applicants who wish to market a product in various European Union member states where such product
has not received marketing approval in any European Union member states before. The decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more other,
or concerned, member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state designated by the applicant, known as the reference member
state.  Under  this  procedure,  an  applicant  submits  an  application  based  on  identical  dossiers  and  related  materials,  including  a  draft  summary  of  product
characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a
draft  assessment  report  and  drafts  of  the  related  materials  within  210  days  after  receipt  of  a  valid  application.  Within  90  days  of  receiving  the  reference
member  state’s  assessment  report  and  related  materials,  each  concerned  member  state  must  decide  whether  to  approve  the  assessment  report  and  related
materials.

If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed
points are subject to a dispute resolution mechanism and may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member
states.

Within  this  framework,  manufacturers  may  seek  approval  of  hybrid  medicinal  products  under  Article  10(3)  of  Directive  2001/83/EC.  Hybrid
applications  rely,  in  part,  on  information  and  data  from  a  reference  product  and  new  data  from  appropriate  preclinical  tests  and  clinical  trials.  Such
applications are necessary when the proposed product does not meet the strict definition of a generic medicinal product, or bioavailability studies cannot be
used  to  demonstrate  bioequivalence,  or  there  are  changes  in  the  active  substance(s),  therapeutic  indications,  strength,  pharmaceutical  form  or  route  of
administration of the generic product compared to the reference medicinal product. In such cases the results of tests and clinical trials must be consistent with
the data content standards required in the Annex to the Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended by Directive 2003/63/EC.

29

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hybrid medicinal product applications have automatic access to the centralized procedure when the reference product was authorized for marketing
via that procedure. Where the reference product was authorized via the decentralized procedure, a hybrid application may be accepted for consideration under
the  centralized  procedure  if  the  applicant  shows  that  the  medicinal  product  constitutes  a  significant  therapeutic,  scientific  or  technical  innovation,  or  the
granting of a community authorization for the medicinal product is in the interest of patients at the community level.

Clinical Trial Approval in the European Union

Requirements for the conduct of clinical trials in the European Union including Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, are set forth in the Clinical Trials
Directive  2001/20/EC  and  the  GCP  Directive  2005/28/EC.  Pursuant  to  Directive  2001/20/EC  and  Directive  2005/28/EC,  as  amended,  a  system  for  the
approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the E.U. member states. Under this system, approval
must  be  obtained  from  the  competent  national  authority  of  each  E.U.  member  state  in  which  a  study  is  planned  to  be  conducted.  To  this  end,  a  CTA  is
submitted, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier, or IMPD, and further supporting information prescribed by Directive
2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics
committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in that country.

In  April  2014,  the  E.U.  passed  the  new  Clinical  Trials  Regulation,  (EU)  No  536/2014,  which  will  replace  the  current  Clinical  Trials  Directive
2001/20/EC. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the new E.U. clinical trials legislation was passed as a
regulation that is directly applicable in all E.U. member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance
with the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC until the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 becomes applicable. According to the current plans
of EMA, the new Clinical Trials Regulation will become applicable in 2019. The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC will, however, still apply three years
from the date of entry into application of the Clinical Trials Regulation to (i) clinical trials applications submitted before the entry into application and (ii)
clinical trials applications submitted within one year after the entry into application if the sponsor opts for old system.

The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trial in the European Union. The main characteristics of
the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the E.U. portal; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for
the application as well as simplified reporting procedures that will spare sponsors from submitting broadly identical information separately to various bodies
and different member states; a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts (Part I is assessed
jointly by all member states concerned, and Part II is assessed separately by each member state concerned); strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of
clinical trial applications; and the involvement of the ethics committees in the assessment procedure in accordance with the national law of the member state
concerned but within the overall timelines defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

Marketing authorization is valid for five years in principle and the marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-
evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To this end, the marketing authorization
holder  must  provide  the  EMA  or  the  competent  authority  with  a  consolidated  version  of  the  file  in  respect  of  quality,  safety  and  efficacy,  including  all
variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed,
the  marketing  authorization  is  valid  for  an  unlimited  period,  unless  the  European  Commission  or  the  competent  authority  decides,  on  justified  grounds
relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the drug on
the European Union market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to
be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Data and Market Exclusivity in the European Union

In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of
market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a
generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced,
but not approved for two years. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the
marketing  authorization  holder  obtains  an  authorization  for  one  or  more  new  therapeutic  indications  which,  during  the  scientific  evaluation  prior  to  their
authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical
entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the product
if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete database of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials and obtain marketing approval
of its product.

30

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Requirements after Marketing Authorization

As  in  the  United  States,  both  marketing  authorization  holders  and  manufacturers  of  medicinal  products  are  subject  to  comprehensive  regulatory
oversight by the EMA and the competent authorities of the individual E.U. Member States both before and after grant of the manufacturing and marketing
authorizations. The holder of an E.U. marketing authorization for a medicinal product must, for example, comply with E.U. pharmacovigilance legislation and
its related regulations and guidelines which entail many requirements for conducting pharmacovigilance, or the assessment and monitoring of the safety of
medicinal  products.  The  manufacturing  process  for  medicinal  products  in  the  European  Union  is  also  highly  regulated  and  regulators  may  shut  down
manufacturing  facilities  that  they  believe  do  not  comply  with  regulations.  Manufacturing  requires  a  manufacturing  authorization,  and  the  manufacturing
authorization  holder  must  comply  with  various  requirements  set  out  in  the  applicable  E.U.  laws,  including  compliance  with  E.U.  cGMP  standards  when
manufacturing medicinal products and active pharmaceutical ingredients.

In  the  European  Union,  the  advertising  and  promotion  of  approved  products  are  subject  to  E.U.  Member  States’  laws  governing  promotion  of
medicinal  products,  interactions  with  clinicians,  misleading  and  comparative  advertising  and  unfair  commercial  practices.  In  addition,  other  legislation
adopted by individual E.U. Member States may apply to the advertising and promotion of medicinal products. These laws require that promotional materials
and advertising in relation to medicinal products comply with the product’s Summary of Product Characteristics, or SmPC, as approved by the competent
authorities. Promotion of a medicinal product that does not comply with the SmPC is considered to constitute off-label promotion, which is prohibited in the
European Union.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales
of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and
Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, such products. The
process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that
the  payor  will  pay  for  the  product  once  coverage  is  approved.  Third-party  payors  are  increasingly  challenging  the  prices  charged,  examining  the  medical
necessity,  and  reviewing  the  cost-effectiveness  of  medical  products  and  services  and  imposing  controls  to  manage  costs.  Third-party  payors  may  limit
coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In  order  to  secure  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  any  product  that  might  be  approved  for  sale,  a  company  may  need  to  conduct  expensive
pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA
or  other  comparable  regulatory  approvals.  Nonetheless,  product  candidates  might  not  be  considered  medically  necessary  or  cost  effective.  Additionally,  a
payor’s  decision  to  provide  coverage  for  a  drug  product  does  not  imply  that  an  adequate  reimbursement  rate  will  be  approved.  Further,  one  payor’s
determination  to  provide  coverage  for  a  drug  product  does  not  assure  that  other  payors  will  also  provide  coverage  for  the  drug  product.  Third-party
reimbursement might not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in
this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement
and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in
jurisdictions  with  existing  controls  and  measures,  could  further  limit  a  company’s  revenue  generated  from  the  sale  of  any  approved  products.  Coverage
policies  and  third-party  reimbursement  rates  may  change  at  any  time.  Even  if  favorable  coverage  and  reimbursement  status  is  attained  for  one  or  more
products for which a company or its collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented
in the future.

Outside  the  United  States,  ensuring  adequate  coverage  and  payment  for  our  product  candidates  will  face  challenges.  Pricing  of  prescription
pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can extend well beyond the receipt
of regulatory marketing approval for a product and may require us to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our product candidates or
products to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in our commercialization efforts.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be
marketed  only  after  a  reimbursement  price  has  been  agreed.  Some  countries  may  require  the  completion  of  additional  studies  that  compare  the  cost-
effectiveness  of  a  particular  drug  candidate  to  currently  available  therapies.  For  example,  the  European  Union  provides  options  for  its  member  states  to
restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for
human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on
the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but
monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result,
increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert
competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products might not
allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare Law and Regulation

Arrangements  with  healthcare  providers,  pharmacists,  consultants,  third-party  payors  and  customers  are  subject  to  broadly  applicable  fraud  and
abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain our business and/or financial arrangements. Such restrictions under applicable federal and
state healthcare laws and regulations include without limitation the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  and  entities  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,
offering,  receiving  or  providing  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  to  induce  or  reward  either  the  referral  of  an
individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part,
under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

the  federal  civil  and  criminal  false  claims  laws,  including  the  civil  False  Claims  Act,  and  civil  monetary  penalties  laws,  which  prohibit
individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for
payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal
government;

the  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  which  created  additional  federal  criminal  laws  that
prohibit,  among  other  things,  knowingly  and  willingly  executing,  or  attempting  to  execute,  a  scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit
program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  and  its  implementing  regulations,  which  amended  HIPAA  to
impose  additional  obligations,  including  mandatory  contractual  terms  regarding  the  privacy,  security  and  transmission  of  individually
identifiable health information;

the federal transparency requirements known as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, under the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or the Affordable Care Act, which requires certain
manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  to  report  annually  to  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services,  or
CMS, within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to
clinicians and teaching hospitals and clinician ownership and investment interests; and

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to healthcare items or
services that are reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. 

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant
compliance  guidance  promulgated  by  the  federal  government  in  addition  to  requiring  drug  manufacturers  to  report  information  related  to  payments  to
clinicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some
circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Healthcare Reform

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. There have been several federal and state proposals during the
last  few  years  regarding  the  pricing  of  pharmaceutical  and  biopharmaceutical  products,  limiting  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  drugs  and  other  medical
products, government control, and other changes to the healthcare system in the United States.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, or ACA, included provisions related to the coverage of and payment for prescription drugs
under government healthcare programs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA is designed to expand and increase industry
rebates  for  drugs  covered  under  Medicaid  programs,  impose  an  annual  fee  on  branded  pharmaceutical  manufacturers  and  make  changes  to  the  coverage
requirements under the Medicare Part D program. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential drug candidates are:

•

an  annual,  nondeductible  fee  on  any  entity  that  manufactures  or  imports  specified  branded  prescription  drugs  and  biologic  products,
apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not
apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications;

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

expansion  of  eligibility  criteria  for  Medicaid  programs  by,  among  other  things,  allowing  states  to  offer  Medicaid  coverage  to  certain
individuals  with  income  at  or  below  133%  of  the  federal  poverty  level,  thereby  potentially  increasing  a  manufacturer’s  Medicaid  rebate
liability;

expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and
generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on
outpatient prescription drug prices and extending rebate liability to prescriptions for individuals enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans;

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs
that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide a 50% point-of-sale-discount off the
negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’
outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

a  new  Patient-Centered  Outcomes  Research  Institute  to  oversee,  identify  priorities  in,  and  conduct  comparative  clinical  effectiveness
research, along with funding for such research;

the Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, which has authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce
expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. However, the IPAB implementation has been not
been clearly defined. The ACA provided that under certain circumstances, IPAB recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts
legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings; and

established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower
Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of
the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

The  ACA  also  included  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  for  pharmaceutical  and  device  manufacturers  with  regard  to  payments  or  other
transfers of value made to certain health care providers. These reports must be submitted annually and are placed on a public database. If we fail to provide
these  reports,  or  if  the  reports  we  provide  are  not  accurate,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  penalties. A  related  provision  of  the  Affordable  Care  Act
requires pharmaceutical companies to annually report samples distributed to physicians, though the law does not include any specific penalties for failure to
submit these reports.

The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit
Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals,
thereby  triggering  the  legislation’s  automatic  reduction  to  several  government  programs.  This  includes  aggregate  reductions  of  Medicare  payments  to
providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is
taken.  In  addition,  the  American  Taxpayer  Relief  Act  of  2012,  among  other  things,  further  reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  providers,  including
hospitals,  imaging  centers  and  cancer  treatment  centers,  and  increased  the  statute  of  limitations  period  for  the  government  to  recover  overpayments  to
providers from three to five years.

Pharmaceutical pricing has been a focus of the Trump administration, which has also continued efforts to repeal the ACA. It remains to be seen,
however, what impact new legislation, if passed, will have on the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. The elimination
of the ACA’s individual mandate, which imposed penalties to individuals who failed to obtain insurance coverage, could ultimately result in fewer individuals
having health insurance coverage, which changes to the ACA’s minimum coverage requirements may lead to policies with less generous benefits. While the
timing and scope of any potential future legislation to repeal and replace ACA provisions is highly uncertain in many respects, it is also possible that some of
the  ACA  provisions  that  generally  are  not  favorable  for  the  research-based  pharmaceutical  industry  could  also  be  repealed  along  with  ACA  coverage
expansion provisions.

Employees

As of March 27, 2019, we had 22 full-time and two part-time employees. We also engage various consultants and contractors.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available Information

Our  Annual  Reports  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are available free of charge on our website at www.eyenoviabio.com as soon as reasonably
practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that includes our reports, proxy
statements and other information.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

Investing  in  our  common  stock  involves  a  high  degree  of  risk.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  described  below,  as  well  as  the  other
information in this report, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could
harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and
you might lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL POSITION AND NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

We  have  incurred  operating  losses  since  our  inception.  We  expect  to  continue  to  incur  losses  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  might  never  achieve  or
maintain profitability.

We have incurred net losses of approximately $36.5 million since inception, have not generated any product sales revenue and have not achieved
profitable operations. Our net losses were approximately $17.3 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We
expect to continue to incur substantial losses in future periods while we continue to test and prepare our product candidates for the market. It could be several
years,  if  ever,  before  we  have  a  commercialized  drug.  The  net  losses  we  incur  may  fluctuate  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  year  to  year.  We
anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

continue the ongoing and planned preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

initiate preclinical studies and clinical trials for any additional product candidates that we may pursue in the future;

seek marketing approvals for our current and future product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

continue  to  develop  a  sales,  marketing  and  distribution  infrastructure  to  commercialize  any  product  candidate  for  which  we  may  obtain
marketing approval;

develop, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

implement operational, financial and management systems; and

attract, hire and retain additional administrative, clinical, regulatory and scientific personnel.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our potential products, we might not become profitable and may need to obtain additional
funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue
our  operations  at  planned  levels  and  be  forced  to  reduce  our  operations.  Even  if  we  do  achieve  profitability,  we  might  not  be  able  to  sustain  or  increase
profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability
to  raise  capital,  expand  our  business  or  continue  our  operations.  In  addition,  because  of  the  numerous  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  product
development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our relatively short operating history may make it difficult for investors to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage company which commenced active operations in 2014. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing
our  company,  business  planning,  raising  capital  and  developing  our  product  candidates.  We  have  not  yet  demonstrated  our  ability  to  obtain  regulatory
approval, develop an in-house manufacturing facility, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct
sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions about our future success or viability might
not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We
will need to transition from a company with a product development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial and manufacturing activities. We
might not be successful in such a transition.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may need to raise additional capital in order to continue developing our product candidates. Such funding might not be available on acceptable terms,
or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate certain of our product development efforts or other
operations.

We  may  require  substantial  additional  funding  to  fund  completion  of  our  research  and  development  activities.  We  also  may  require  substantial
funding to fund our commercialization efforts, operating expenses and other activities. If additional funds are not available when needed, we may need to
significantly scale back or cease our operations.

We  will  require  substantial  funds  to  discover,  develop,  protect  and  conduct  research  and  development  for  our  product  candidates,  including
preclinical testing and clinical trials of any of our product candidates, and to manufacture and market any such product that may be approved for commercial
sale. Even if we are successful in raising additional capital, such funds may prove to be insufficient for these activities. Our financing needs may change
substantially  because  of  research  and  development  costs,  competition,  clinical  trials  and  costs  arising  from  additional  regulatory  approvals.  We  might  not
succeed in raising needed additional funds. The timing of our need for additional funds will depend on a number of factors, which factors are difficult to
predict or may be outside of our control, including:

•

•

•

•

the resources, time and costs required to initiate and complete our research and development, to initiate and complete preclinical studies and
clinical trials and to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates;

progress in our research and development programs;

the timing, receipt and amount of milestone, royalty and other payments from future collaborators, if any; and

costs necessary to protect our intellectual property. 

If our estimates and predictions relating to any of these factors are incorrect, we may need to modify our operating plan. Additional funds might not

be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, when needed.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies.

Until such time as we can generate substantial product revenues, we may attempt to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings,
government and/or other third-party grants or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances
and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, our investors’ ownership
interest will be diluted. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions,
such  as  incurring  additional  debt,  making  capital  expenditures  or  declaring  dividends.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  funding  on  a  timely  basis,  we  may  be
required  to  significantly  curtail  one  or  more  clinical  research  or  development  programs,  which  would  adversely  impact  potential  revenues,  results  of
operations and financial condition.

If  we  raise  additional  capital  through  future  collaborations,  strategic  alliances  or  third-party  licensing  arrangements,  we  may  have  to  relinquish
valuable  rights  to  our  intellectual  property,  future  revenue  streams,  research  programs  or  product  candidates,  or  grant  licenses  on  terms  that  might  not  be
favorable to us.

If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future

commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise develop and market ourselves.

If  we  are  unable  to  use  carryforward  tax  losses  or  benefit  from  favorable  tax  legislation  to  reduce  our  taxes,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and
financial condition may be adversely affected.

We  have  incurred  significant  net  operating  losses  since  our  inception  in  July  2014.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  had  federal  net  operating  loss
carry-forwards of approximately $26 million, of which, approximately $11 million will expire at various dates from 2034 to 2037 for federal purposes. If we
are  unable  to  use  carryforward  tax  losses  to  reduce  our  future  taxable  basis  for  corporate  tax  purposes,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition may be adversely affected.

Net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carry-forwards  are  subject  to  review  and  possible  adjustment  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and  state  tax
authorities and may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders
over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state
provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The federal and state income tax returns are generally subject to tax examinations. To the extent we have tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in
which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities to the extent utilized in a
future period. Any unfavorable tax adjustment could have a significant impact on our results of operations and future cash flows. Furthermore, if the United
States government decides to eliminate, or reduce the scope or the rate of any tax benefit, either of which it could decide to do at any time, our results of
operations could be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

We  might  not  be  able  to  develop  marketable  products  utilizing  our  technology  and  we  might  not  be  able  to  identify  and  successfully  implement  an
alternative product development strategy.

The approach we have adopted to discover and develop product candidates is new and may never lead to marketable products. We have concentrated
our efforts on developing therapeutic product candidates utilizing new advanced technology for drug delivery. To our knowledge, no person or company has
developed any therapeutic product utilizing the same technology and no such ophthalmic micro-therapeutic product has been approved for marketing to date.
We  are  leading  a  new  field  of  ophthalmic  micro-therapeutic  research  and  development  and  the  scientific  discoveries  that  form  the  basis  for  our  efforts  to
develop products are relatively new. The scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing such products and treatments based on these discoveries is
limited.  Our  focus  solely  on  developing  products  utilizing  our  proprietary  technology,  as  opposed  to  more  traditional  technology,  increases  the  risks
associated with investing in our stock. If we are unsuccessful in developing product candidates utilizing our technology or finding additional applications for
our technology, we may be required to change the scope and direction of our product development activities. If we are not able to identify and successfully
implement an alternative product development strategy, our business may fail.

Ophthalmic micro-therapeutic research and development is a highly uncertain undertaking. Our development efforts may be delayed for any number of
reasons, in which case potential marketing approval or commercialization of our proprietary technology could be delayed or prevented.

Our  research  and  development  activities  to  develop  ophthalmic  micro-therapeutics  utilizing  our  proprietary  technology  may  be  impeded  due  to
scientific or technological difficulties or our lack of complete understanding of the challenges. Our research and development activities might not give rise to
a marketable product and we might not succeed in developing a marketable product in a timely manner or in accordance with our estimated budgets. Even if
we are successful in developing such products, there is no certainty that our products, when developed, will be found to be sufficiently effective and safe for
use to receive regulatory approval for marketing, which would adversely impact our potential revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and
may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. If we are not able to obtain, or if there are
delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue would
be materially impaired.

Our business depends on the success of our lead research and development programs which will require significant additional clinical testing before
we can seek regulatory approval and potentially launch commercial sales. In addition, we do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Our
business and future success depends on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully commercialize our lead product candidates. We are
currently preparing for additional Phase III clinical trials and our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and successfully commercialize, products
will depend on several factors, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

further  ascertaining  the  FDA’s  expectations  with  respect  to  the  nonclinical  and  clinical  testing  requirements  across  the  development
programs;

successful completion of our current clinical trials or other clinical trials, which will depend substantially upon the satisfactory performance
of third-party contractors;

successful achievement of the objectives of planned clinical trials, including manufacturability qualification of devices;

receipt of marketing approvals from the FDA, and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States;

establishing commercial manufacturing and supply arrangements;

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

establishing a manufacturing and commercial infrastructure;

acceptance of the products by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

establishing market share while competing with other therapies;

successfully executing our pricing and reimbursement strategy;

a continued acceptable safety and adverse event profile of the products following regulatory approval; and

qualifying for, identifying, registering, maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims covering the products.

Our  business  strategy  includes  developing  several  pipeline  product  candidates  over  the  next  approximately  three  to  four  years  which  will  require
additional  clinical  and  nonclinical  development,  regulatory  review  and  approval  in  multiple  jurisdictions,  substantial  investment,  access  to  sufficient
commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. We are not permitted to market
or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and we may
never receive such regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. If we are unable to develop or receive marketing approval in a timely manner or at
all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to commercialize the product, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

We may encounter substantial delays in or failure of our clinical trials.

If  the  clinical  trials  that  we  are  required  to  conduct  to  gain  regulatory  approval  are  delayed  or  unsuccessful,  we  might  not  be  able  to  market  our
prospective product candidates. Additionally, because our product candidates are based on new technologies, we expect that our human clinical trials will
require  extensive  research  and  development  and  have  substantial  manufacturing  and  processing  costs.  Accordingly,  our  clinical  trial  costs  could  be
significantly higher than other conventional therapeutic technologies or drug products and could be delayed if we do not have adequate means to fund them.

We  may  experience  delays  in  any  phase  of  the  development  and  commercial  launch  of  product  candidates,  including  during  research  and
development  and  clinical  trials.  Implementing  a  clinical  trial  is  time-consuming  and  expensive,  particularly  human  clinical  trials,  and  the  outcome  of  any
clinical  trial  is  uncertain.  The  completion  of  any  of  these  clinical  trials  may  be  delayed  or  halted  for  numerous  reasons,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  FDA,  IRBs,  European  Union  regulatory  authorities,  or  the  European  Medicines  Agency,  and  national  authorities,  or  other  regulatory
authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or place a clinical trial on hold;

patients do not enroll in a clinical trial or results from patients are not received at the expected rate;

patients discontinue participation in a clinical trial prior to the scheduled endpoint set forth in the clinical protocol at a higher than expected
rate, especially if such discontinuations interfere with our ability to assess the efficacy of our drug candidate;

patients experience adverse events from our treatment;

patients get hurt during a clinical trial for a variety of reasons that might not be related to our product candidates, including the advanced
stage of their disease and other medical problems;

third-party clinical investigators do not perform the clinical trials in accordance with the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical
trial  protocol  and  good  clinical  practices  or  other  third-party  organizations  do  not  perform  data  collection  and  analysis  in  a  timely  or
accurate manner;

enrollment and sample size of our clinical trials may be substantially different than estimated which may lead to longer timelines and larger
expenses;

third-party clinical investigators engage in activities that, even if not directly associated with our clinical trials, result in their debarment,
loss of licensure, or other legal or regulatory sanction;

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

regulatory inspections of manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend the
clinical trials;

changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

the interim results of the clinical trial, if any, are inconclusive or negative; and

the study design, although approved and completed, is inadequate to demonstrate effectiveness and safety.

Our dependence upon clinical trials in developing product candidates may impede them from reaching advanced stages of development, and might
prevent all or part of our commercial operations. To date, the aforementioned situations regarding potential delays in research and development activities and
clinical trials have yet to occur in a manner which adversely affects our research and development activities.

We may find it difficult to enroll an adequate number of patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent us from proceeding with clinical trials
of our product candidates.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in our clinical trials is critical to our success. Patient enrollment depends on many factors, including
the  size  and  nature  of  the  patient  population,  eligibility  criteria  for  the  clinical  trial,  the  proximity  of  patients  to  clinical  sites,  the  design  of  the  clinical
protocol, the availability of competing clinical trials, the availability of new drugs approved for the indication the clinical trial is investigating, and clinicians’
and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies. Any inability to locate and enroll a
sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays, could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether and
could delay or prevent our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may also result in increased development costs
for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

In addition, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of our product candidate may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain
patients in other clinical trials of that same product candidate. Delays in the enrollment for any clinical trial of our product candidates will increase our costs,
slow down our product development and approval process and delay or potentially jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. In
addition, some of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of
regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Our  product  candidates  may  cause  undesirable  side  effects  or  have  other  properties  that  could  delay  or  prevent  their  regulatory  approval,  limit  the
commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.

If  our  product  candidates  are  associated  with  undesirable  side  effects  or  have  characteristics  that  are  unexpected,  we  may  need  to  abandon  our
development or limit development to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe
or  more  acceptable  from  a  risk-benefit  perspective.  Any  serious  adverse  or  undesirable  side  effects  identified  during  the  development  of  our  product
candidates, could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in the denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities for any
or all targeted indications, and in turn prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and generating revenues from their sale. In addition, if any of
our product candidates receive regulatory approval and we or others later identify undesirable adverse effects caused by the product, we could face one or
more of the following consequences:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

regulatory  authorities  may  require  the  addition  of  labeling  statements,  such  as  a  boxed  warning  or  a  contraindication,  or  other  safety
labeling changes;

regulatory authorities may require a REMS;

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

regulatory authorities may seize the product;

we may be required to change the way that the product is administered, or conduct additional clinical trials or we may need to recall the
product;

we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims fines, injunctions or criminal penalties; and

our reputation may suffer.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
If the market opportunities for our future product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our product revenues may be adversely affected and
our business may suffer.

We  are  currently  focusing  our  research  and  product  development  efforts  on  our  MicroStat,  MicroPine,  MicroProst  and  MicroTears  products.  Our
understanding  of  both  the  number  of  people  who  have  these  needs,  as  well  as  the  subset  of  people  who  have  the  potential  to  benefit  from  our  product
candidates, are based on estimates in published literature. While we believe these estimates are reasonable, they may prove to be incorrect and new studies
may reduce the estimated incidence or prevalence of glaucoma, myopia, mydriasis, dry eyes and the need for pupil dilation. The number of patients in the
United States, Asia, the European Union and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected or these patients might not be otherwise amenable to our
product candidates or may become increasingly difficult to identify and access, all of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results
of operations and prospects.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend on the degree of market acceptance among ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients,
patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community.

Even  if  we  receive  regulatory  approval  to  market  our  product  candidates,  our  product  candidates  might  not  gain  market  acceptance  upon  their

commercial introduction, which could prevent us from becoming profitable.

We may have difficulties convincing the medical community, third-party payors and consumers to accept and use any of our product candidates that

may be approved for commercialization in the future. Other factors that we believe will affect market acceptance of our product candidates include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the timing of our receipt of any marketing approvals, the terms of any approvals and the countries in which approvals are obtained;

safety, efficacy and ease of administration of our product candidates;

the success of physician education programs;

the availability of government and third-party payor reimbursement;

the pricing of our product candidates, particularly as compared to alternative treatment methods and medications;

the extent to which alternative treatment methods and medications are more readily available as compared to the availability of any product
candidates that we may develop in the future; and

the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects.

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval
before  us  or  develop  therapies  that  are  more  advanced  or  effective  than  ours,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  our  ability  to
successfully market or commercialize our product candidates.

The specialty pharma market is highly competitive. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products, new treatment methods and new

technologies, we may be unable to commercialize any therapeutic products that we may develop in the future.

The specialty pharma market is subject to rapid technological change and is significantly affected by existing rival products and medical procedures,
new product introductions and the market activities of other participants. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental
agencies and other public and private research organizations may pursue the research and development of technologies, drugs or other therapeutic products
for the treatment of some or of the diseases we are targeting. We may also face competition from products which have already been approved and accepted by
the medical community for the treatment of these same indications.

As a result of any of the foregoing factors, our competitors may develop or commercialize products with significant advantages over any therapeutic
products that we may develop. If our competitors are more successful in commercializing their products than we are, their success could adversely affect our
competitive position and harm our business prospects.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
If we fail to establish an effective distribution process our business may be adversely affected.

We have limited resources for the sale, marketing and distribution of drug products. To achieve commercial success for the product candidates for
which  we  obtain  marketing  approval,  we  will  need  to  establish  and  maintain  an  adequate  sales  force,  and  marketing  and  distribution  capabilities,  either
ourselves or through collaborations or other arrangements with third parties. In addition, failure to secure contracts with wholesalers, retailers, or specialty
pharmacies could negatively impact the distribution of our potential products, and failure to coordinate financial systems could negatively impact our ability
to accurately report product revenue. If we are unable to effectively establish and manage the distribution process, the commercial launch and sales of our
potential products may be delayed or severely compromised and our results of operations may be harmed.

We are exposed to the risk of claims seeking monetary damages by individuals and the risk of investigations by regulatory authorities, which could cause
us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we develop.

We are exposed to the risk of claims seeking monetary damages being filed against us for loss or harm suffered by participants of our clinical trials
or for loss or harm suffered by users of any drug that may receive approval for commercialization in the future. In either event, the FDA or the regulatory
authorities of other countries or regions may commence investigations of the safety and effectiveness of any such clinical trial or commercialized drug, the
manufacturing  processes  and  facilities  or  marketing  programs  utilized  in  respect  of  any  such  clinical  trial  or  drug.  Such  investigations  may  result  in
mandatory or voluntary recalls of any commercialized drug or other significant enforcement action such as limiting the indications for which any such drug
may be used, or suspension or withdrawal of approval for any such drug. Investigations by the FDA or any other regulatory authority in other countries or
regions also could delay or prevent the completion of any of our other clinical development programs.

Product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources and could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any
products that we develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the use of our product candidates that we develop in human clinical trials. We face an
even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates
or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we develop;

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

substantial monetary awards to clinical trial participants or patients;

loss of revenue;

reduced time and attention of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

the inability to commercialize any products that we develop.

Our insurance policies might not fully cover the risk of loss associated with our operations. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we
expand our clinical trials. We will need to further increase our insurance coverage if we commence commercialization of any of the product candidates for
which we obtain marketing approval. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We might not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost
or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. In the event that we are required to pay damages for any such claim, we may be forced to seek
bankruptcy or to liquidate because our asset and revenue base may be insufficient to satisfy the payment of damages and any insurance that we have obtained
or may obtain for product or clinical trial liability might not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY APPROVAL OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES AND
OTHER LEGAL COMPLIANCE MATTERS

If  we  are  not  able  to  obtain,  or  if  there  are  delays  in  obtaining,  required  regulatory  approvals,  we  might  not  be  able  to  commercialize  our  product
candidates, and our ability to generate revenue would be materially impaired.

Any  product  candidates  we  may  develop  will  be  subject  to  extensive  and  burdensome  governmental  regulations  relating  to  development,  clinical
trials, manufacturing and commercialization. Rigorous preclinical testing and clinical trials and extensive regulatory approval processes are required to be
successfully completed in the United States and in many foreign jurisdictions such as the European Union and Asia before a new product may be offered and
sold  in  any  of  these  countries  or  regions.  Satisfaction  of  these  and  other  regulatory  requirements  is  costly,  time-consuming,  uncertain  and  subject  to
unanticipated delays.

In the United States, the product candidates that we intend to develop and market are regulated by the FDA under its drug development and review
process. The time required to obtain FDA and other approvals for our product candidates is unpredictable. Before such product candidates can be marketed,
our IND must go into effect permitting the conduct of clinical trials, then we must successfully complete human testing and the FDA must approve our new
drug application, or NDA. Even after successful completion of clinical testing, there is a risk that the FDA may request further information from us, disagree
with our findings or otherwise undertake a lengthy review of our submission.

It is possible that FDA will not approve any application that we may submit. It is possible that none of the product candidates that we may develop
will obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals necessary for us to commence the offer and sale of such products. Any delay or failure in obtaining required
approvals could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues from a particular prospective product.

Failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in such jurisdictions.

Because we intend to market any therapy that we may develop in jurisdictions in addition to the United States, such as the European Union and Asia,
we will likely incur the same costs or more in satisfying foreign regulatory requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing
and commercialization of our product candidates. Approval by the FDA by itself does not assure approval by regulatory authorities outside the United States
and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by
the FDA. Each of these foreign regulatory approval processes includes all of the risks associated with the FDA approval process, as well as risks attributable
to  having  to  satisfy  local  regulations  within  each  of  these  foreign  jurisdictions.  In  addition,  any  failure  or  delay  in  obtaining  regulatory  approval  in  one
country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. Our inability to obtain regulatory approval outside the United States may
adversely compromise our business prospects.

The terms of approvals, ongoing regulations and post-marketing restrictions for our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products,
which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Once  marketing  approval  has  been  granted,  an  approved  product  and  its  manufacturer  and  marketer  are  subject  to  ongoing  review  and  extensive
regulation. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure drugs are marketed only for the approved indications
and  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  approved  labeling  and  regulatory  requirements.  The  FDA  imposes  stringent  restrictions  on  manufacturers’
communications  regarding  off-label  use  and  if  we  do  not  restrict  the  marketing  of  our  products  only  to  their  approved  indications,  we  may  be  subject  to
enforcement  action  for  off-label  marketing.  We,  and  any  potential  collaborators  we  may  have  in  the  future,  must  therefore  comply  with  requirements
concerning  advertising  and  promotion  for  any  of  our  products  for  which  we  or  our  collaborators  obtain  marketing  approval.  Thus,  if  any  of  our  product
candidates receive marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our product, which could limit sales of the product.

In  addition,  manufacturers  of  approved  products  and  those  manufacturers’  facilities  are  required  to  comply  with  extensive  FDA  requirements,
including  ensuring  that  quality  control  and  manufacturing  procedures  conform  to  cGMP  requirements  applicable  to  drug  manufacturers,  which  include
requirements  relating  to  quality  control  and  quality  assurance  as  well  as  the  corresponding  maintenance  of  records  and  documentation  and  reporting
requirements. We, any contract manufacturers we may engage in the future, our future collaborators and their contract manufacturers will also be subject to
other  regulatory  requirements,  including  submissions  of  safety  and  other  post-marketing  information  and  reports,  registration  and  listing  requirements,
requirements regarding the distribution of samples to clinicians, recordkeeping, and costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor
the safety or efficacy of the product such as the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy. Our third party manufacturers’ inability to
satisfy the chemistry, manufacturing and control concerns of regulatory bodies such as the FDA would either prevent us from completing clinical trials or
prevent us from obtaining regulatory approval for marketing, either of which would significantly compromise our business prospects.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products.

Violations of the FDCA relating to the promotion or manufacturing of drug products may lead to investigations by the FDA, Department of Justice
and state Attorneys General alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. In addition,
later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply
with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

restrictions on product distribution or use;

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

warning letters;

withdrawal of the products from the market;

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

recall of products;

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

product seizure or detention; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

We are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and health information privacy and security laws. If we are unable
to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

We are subject to U.S. federal and state and also foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations. Any finding of our failure to comply with

such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our operations may be directly or indirectly affected by various broad U.S. federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws. These include the U.S.
federal  anti-kickback  statute,  which  prohibits  any  person  from  knowingly  and  willfully  offering,  paying,  soliciting  or  receiving  remuneration,  directly  or
indirectly, in return for or to induce the referring, ordering, leasing, purchasing or arranging for or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of an
item or service, for which payment may be made under U.S. federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The U.S. federal anti-
kickback statute is very broad in scope, and many of its provisions have not been uniformly or definitively interpreted by existing case law or regulations. In
addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the U.S. federal anti-kickback statute, and some of these laws are broader than that statute in that their
prohibitions  are  not  limited  to  items  or  services  paid  for  by  a  U.S.  federal  healthcare  program  but,  instead,  apply  regardless  of  the  source  of  payment.
Violations of these laws could result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.

Additionally,  our  relationships  with  customers  and  third-party  payors  will  be  subject  to  applicable  anti-kickback,  fraud  and  abuse  and  other
healthcare laws and regulations, which may expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, program exclusion, contractual damages, reputational harm and
diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation of any product candidates for which we obtain
marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare
laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we plan to market, sell and distribute products
for which we obtain marketing approval.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant
compliance  guidance  promulgated  by  the  federal  government  and  federal  and  state  laws  may  require  drug  manufacturers  to  report  information  related  to
payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy
and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial
costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices might not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case
law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any
other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion
from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians
or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal,
civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Recently enacted and future legislation may affect our ability to commercialize our products and the prices we obtain for any products that are approved
in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, which would harm our business.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding
the healthcare system that could affect our ability to profitably sell or commercialize our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. The
pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and have been significantly affected by legislative initiatives. Current laws, as well as
other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the
price that we receive for any FDA approved product.

The United States Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way
Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new
reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for clinician administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the
number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage
and price that we receive for any approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private
payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement
that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

As is discussed above, several provisions of the ACA are important to our business, including, without limitation, our ability to commercialize and

the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates and that are approved for sale, are the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products;

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

a  new  Medicare  Part  D  coverage  gap  discount  program,  in  which  participating  manufacturers  must  agree  to  offer  50%  point-of-sale
discounts off negotiated drug prices during the coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered
under Medicare Part D;

expansion  of  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws,  including  the  federal  False  Claims  Act  and  the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  and  the
addition of new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; and

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011,
among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a
targeted  deficit  reduction  of  at  least  $1.2  trillion  for  the  years  2013  through  2021,  was  unable  to  reach  required  goals,  thereby  triggering  the  legislation’s
automatic reduction to several government programs. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal
year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The American Taxpayer
Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to
recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and
otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any
such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Continued efforts to repeal or replace the ACA, if enacted, and other efforts to reform the healthcare marketplace and delivery system, could have an
adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain marketing approval and may
affect  our  overall  financial  condition  and  ability  to  develop  or  commercialize  product  candidates.  We  expect  that  future  reform  efforts  will  continue  to
prioritize  reductions  in  Medicare  and  other  healthcare  spending,  more  rigorous  coverage  criteria,  new  payment  methodologies  and  additional  downward
pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product
we might bring to market. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices we receive or the frequency with which any products we may
develop are prescribed or administered. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in
payments from private payors.

The costs of prescription pharmaceuticals has also been the subject of considerable discussion in the United States, and members of Congress and the
Administration  have  stated  that  they  will  address  such  costs  through  new  legislative  and  administrative  measures.  To  date,  there  have  been  several  laws
passed under the new administration aimed at curbing the cost of drugs, and additional legislation has been proposed on this subject.

The pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is also subject to governmental controls outside the United States, which vary widely from country to
country. As a result, we might obtain regulatory approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subjected to pricing regulations in that country that
delay the commercial launch of the product and negatively impact the revenues able to be generated from the sale of the product in that country. In these
countries,  pricing  negotiations  with  governmental  authorities  can  take  considerable  time  after  the  receipt  of  marketing  approval  for  a  product.  To  obtain
reimbursement  or  pricing  approval  in  some  countries,  we  may  be  required  to  conduct  a  clinical  trial  that  compares  the  cost-effectiveness  of  our  product
candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory
levels, our ability to generate revenues and become profitable could be impaired.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to
comply  with  these  laws,  we  could  be  subject  to  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  other  remedial  measures  and  legal  expenses,  be  precluded  from  developing
manufacturing  and  selling  products  outside  the  United  States  or  be  required  to  develop  and  implement  costly  compliance  programs,  which  could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our  operations  are  subject  to  anti-corruption  laws,  including  the  United  Kingdom  Bribery  Act  2010,  or  Bribery  Act,  the  United  States  Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery
Act,  FCPA  and  these  other  laws  generally  prohibit  us,  our  officers,  and  our  employees  and  intermediaries  from  bribing,  being  bribed  or  making  other
prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. Compliance with the FCPA,
in  particular,  is  expensive  and  difficult,  particularly  in  countries  in  which  corruption  is  a  recognized  problem.  In  addition,  the  FCPA  presents  particular
challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are
considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to
government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

We  may  in  the  future  operate  in  jurisdictions  that  pose  a  high  risk  of  potential  Bribery  Act  or  FCPA  violations,  and  we  may  participate  in
collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption
laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the
manner  in  which  existing  laws  might  be  administered  or  interpreted.  If  we  expand  our  operations  outside  of  the  United  States,  we  will  need  to  dedicate
additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of
the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on
countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. In addition, various laws,
regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-United States nationals, of
information  classified  for  national  security  purposes,  as  well  as  certain  products  and  technical  data  relating  to  those  products.  If  we  expand  our  presence
outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing,
manufacturing,  or  selling  certain  products  and  product  candidates  outside  of  the  United  States,  which  could  limit  our  growth  potential  and  increase  our
development costs.

We might not be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or
other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade
Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could
have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  liquidity.  The  SEC  also  may  suspend  or  bar  issuers  from  trading
securities on United States exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions. Any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the
FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business,
results of operations and financial condition.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND MANAGING GROWTH

We  are  highly  dependent  on  the  services  of  our  senior  management  team,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Medical  Officer,  Dr.
Ianchulev, and if we are not able to retain these members of our management team or recruit and retain additional management, clinical and scientific
personnel, our business will be harmed.

We  are  highly  dependent  on  our  senior  management  team,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Medical  Officer,  Dr.  Ianchulev.  The
employment agreements we have with our executive officers do not prevent such persons from terminating their employment with us at any time. The loss of
the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

In addition, we are dependent on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified additional management, clinical and scientific
personnel.  If  we  are  not  able  to  retain  our  management  and  to  attract,  on  acceptable  terms,  additional  qualified  personnel  necessary  for  the  continued
development of our business, we might not be able to sustain our operations or grow.

We might not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology,
pharmaceutical  and  other  businesses.  Many  of  the  other  pharmaceutical  companies  that  we  compete  against  for  qualified  personnel  and  consultants  have
greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities
and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates and consultants than what we
have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract, retain and motivate high-quality personnel and consultants to accomplish our business objectives, the rate
and success at which we can discover and develop drug candidates and our business will be limited and we may experience constraints on our development
objectives.

Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate newly hired executive officers into our management team
and our ability to develop an effective working relationship among senior management. Our failure to integrate these individuals and create effective working
relationships among.

  We have limited corporate infrastructure, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

As  of  March  27,  2019,  we  had  only  22  full  time  employees  and  we  rely  on  third-party  contractors  for  the  provision  of  professional  and  other
services. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing,
financial, legal and other resources. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day operations and
devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We might not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which
may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational inefficiencies, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among
remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the
development of our current and potential future drug candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase
more  than  expected,  our  ability  to  generate  and  grow  revenue  could  be  reduced  and  we  might  not  be  able  to  implement  our  business  strategy.  Our  future
financial performance, our ability to commercialize drug candidates, develop a scalable infrastructure and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our
ability to effectively manage any future growth.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  employees,  third-party  clinical  investigators,  consultants,  licensors  and  strategic  partners  may  engage  in  misconduct  or  other  improper  activities,
including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  fraud  or  other  misconduct  by  our  employees,  third-party  clinical  investigators,  consultants,  licensors  and  strategic
partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or the regulations applicable in other jurisdictions,
provide accurate information to the FDA and other regulatory authorities, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States
and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements
in  the  healthcare  industry  are  subject  to  extensive  laws  and  regulations  intended  to  prevent  fraud,  misconduct,  kickbacks,  self-dealing  and  other  abusive
practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive
programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct also could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or
interactions with the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always
possible  to  identify  and  deter  employee  misconduct,  and  the  precautions  we  take  to  detect  and  prevent  this  activity  might  not  be  effective  in  controlling
unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from government investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply
with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those
actions could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the imposition of significant fines or
other sanctions.

We  rely  upon  information  technology  and  any  failure,  inadequacy,  interruption  or  security  lapse  of  that  technology,  including  any  cyber  security
incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Our business operations could suffer in the event of system failure. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems
and those of our contract research organizations, and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access,
natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it
could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned
clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that
any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary
information, we could incur liability and further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES

 We  have  limited  clinical  trial  experience.  We  may  rely  upon  third  parties  in  conducting  our  clinical  trials,  and  those  third  parties  might  not  perform
satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such clinical trials.

We have limited experience in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates. We
may rely on third parties for clinical development activities. Any reliance on third parties would reduce our control over these activities but would not relieve
us of our responsibilities. For example, we would remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general
investigational  plan  and  protocols  for  the  clinical  trial.  Moreover,  the  FDA  requires  us  to  comply  with  standards,  commonly  referred  to  as  good  clinical
practices for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the
rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. We are also required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of
completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse
publicity and civil and criminal sanctions. If we engage third parties and they do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines
or  conduct  our  clinical  trials  in  accordance  with  regulatory  requirements  or  our  stated  protocols,  we  might  not  be  able  to  obtain,  or  may  be  delayed  in
obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product
candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be required to replace them, which
may delay the affected clinical trial.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for clinical trials and expect to continue to do so in connection with the
potential commercialization of our product candidates and for clinical trials and commercialization of any other product candidates that we develop or
may develop. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or such quantities at an
acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not currently operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our product candidates. We rely on a number of third
parties for the supply of parts, formulations, active pharmaceutical ingredients, and other materials required for our manufacturing, research and development
activities. If we were unable to reach agreements with these third parties, or if we were unable to maintain contractual relationships with these third parties,
our research and development activities would be delayed.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  rely  on  third  parties  to  provide  the  materials  required  for  our  research  and  development  activities.  Obtaining  these  materials  requires  various
approvals as well as reaching a purchase or commercial agreement on acceptable terms with the provider of the materials. We might not be able to reach
agreements with a sufficient number of suppliers or do so on acceptable terms. If we are unable to reach acceptable agreements with a sufficient number of
suppliers of materials, our research and development activities will be delayed and our ability to implement our business plan will be compromised.

Our  manufacturing  process  is  a  complicated  and  expensive  and  it  requires  months  of  advance  planning.  We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of
manufacturers for our supply. If we were unable to acquire the necessary amount of deliverables to complete our clinical trials, our progress could be delayed
substantially.

Additional potential risks related to reliance on third-party manufacturers include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

manufacturing delays if our third-party manufacturers give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or
otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of their agreements with us;

delays in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates, if our third-party manufacturers fail to satisfy or comply with regulatory
requirements;

the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

product loss due to contamination, equipment failure or improper installation or operation of equipment or operator error;

the failure of the third-party manufacturer to comply with applicable regulatory requirements; and

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how. 

If we, our service providers or our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become
subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

If we, our service providers, or any third-party manufacturers fail to comply with laws regulating the protection of the environment and health and

human safety, we could be subject to enforcement actions and our business prospects could be adversely affected.

Our research and development activities, and the research and development activities of our service providers and third-party manufacturers, may
involve the use of hazardous materials and chemicals or the maintenance of various flammable and toxic chemicals. Failure to adequately handle and dispose
of these materials could lead to liabilities for resulting damages, which could be substantial. We also may be subject to numerous environmental, health and
workplace  safety  laws  and  regulations,  including  those  governing  laboratory  procedures,  exposure  to  blood-home  pathogens  and  the  handling  of  bio-
hazardous materials.

If we, our service providers, or any third-party manufacturers fail to comply with applicable federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, we could be
subject to enforcement actions, which could adversely affect our ability to develop, market and sell our product candidates successfully and could harm our
reputation and lead to reduced acceptance of our product candidates. These enforcement actions may include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

restrictions on, or prohibitions against, marketing our product candidates;

restrictions on importation of our product candidates;

suspension of review or refusal to approve new or pending applications;

suspension or withdrawal of product approvals;

product seizures;

injunctions; and

civil and criminal penalties and fines.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL LITIGATION

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection in the United
States and other countries with respect to our proprietary product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may
be able to erode, negate or preempt any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect
our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel product candidates that are important to our business.
The patent application and approval process is expensive and time-consuming and we might not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent
applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.

If the scope of the patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, we might not be able to prevent others from developing and commercializing
technology  and  products  similar  or  identical  to  ours.  The  degree  of  patent  protection  we  require  to  successfully  compete  in  the  marketplace  may  be
unavailable or severely limited in some cases and might not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Although
we  enter  into  non-disclosure  and  confidentiality  agreements  with  parties  who  have  access  to  confidential  or  patentable  aspects  of  our  research  and
development  output,  such  as  our  employees,  contractors  and  other  third  parties,  any  of  these  parties  may  breach  the  agreements  and  disclose  such  output
before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature
often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after
filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent
applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and
has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights may
be uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications might not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or product candidates or which
effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application
can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they
might not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise
provide us with any competitive advantage. In addition, changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other
countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries might not protect our
rights  to  the  same  extent  or  in  the  same  manner  as  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  For  example,  patent  laws  in  various  jurisdictions,  including  significant
commercial markets such as Europe, restrict the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does.

Some of our future patents and patent applications may be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such
third-party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our
competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we would need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our
patents  in  order  to  enforce  such  patents  against  third  parties,  and  such  cooperation  might  not  be  provided  to  us.  Furthermore,  we,  or  any  future  partners,
collaborators, or licensees, may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it
is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position. Any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our patents covering our proprietary technology maybe subject to challenge, narrowing, circumvention and invalidation by third parties.

Any of our patents may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its
inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be
subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant
and  inter  partes  review,  or  interference  proceedings  challenging  our  patent  rights  or  the  patent  rights  of  others.  An  adverse  determination  in  any  such
submission,  proceeding  or  litigation  could  reduce  the  scope  of,  or  invalidate,  our  patent  rights,  allow  third  parties  to  commercialize  our  technology  or
products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-
party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-
grant  challenge  proceedings,  such  as  oppositions  in  a  foreign  patent  office,  that  challenge  priority  of  invention  or  other  features  of  patentability.  Such
challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our
ability  to  stop  others  from  using  or  commercializing  similar  or  identical  technology  and  products,  or  limit  the  duration  of  the  patent  protection  of  our
technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management,
even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  our  competitors  and  other  third  parties  may  be  able  to  circumvent  our  patents  by  developing  similar  or  alternative  technologies  or
products in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a competitive therapy that provides benefits similar to our product candidates
but that uses a technology that falls outside the scope of our patent protection. Our competitors may also seek approval to market generic versions of any
approved  products  and  in  connection  with  seeking  such  approval  may  claim  that  our  patents  are  invalid,  unenforceable  or  not  infringed.  In  these
circumstances,  we  may  need  to  defend  or  assert  our  patents,  or  both,  including  by  filing  lawsuits  alleging  patent  infringement.  In  any  of  these  types  of
proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors are competing in a non-infringing
manner.  Thus,  even  if  we  have  valid  and  enforceable  patents,  these  patents  still  might  not  provide  protection  against  competing  products  or  processes
sufficient to achieve our business objectives. If the patent protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our
product candidates is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates could be negatively
affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We cannot be sure that we were the first to make the technologies claimed in our patents or patent applications or that we were the first to file for patent
protection.

Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However,
prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag
behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are not published until 18 months after filing, or in some
cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we
were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Similarly, we cannot be certain that parties from whom we may license or purchase patent rights
were the first to make relevant claimed inventions, or were the first to file for patent protection for them. If third parties have filed patent applications on
inventions claimed in our patents or applications on or before March 15, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third
parties to determine the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. If third parties have filed such applications
after March 15, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from
theirs.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining patents for which we
have applied.

Pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent
issues from such applications. The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of
our  future  development  partners  will  be  successful  in  protecting  our  product  candidates  by  obtaining  and  defending  patents.  These  risks  and  uncertainties
include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment
and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent
or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be
able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case;

the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after
issuance;

patent applications might not result in any patents being issued;

patents  that  may  be  issued  or  in-licensed  may  be  challenged,  invalidated,  modified,  revoked,  circumvented,  narrowed,  found  to  be
unenforceable or otherwise might not provide any competitive advantage;

our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources and many of whom have made significant investments in competing
technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use, and sell our
potential product candidates;

there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both
inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health
concerns; and

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by United States courts, allowing
foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates. 

Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies, and we might not be able to ensure their protection.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection for the composition, use and
structure of our products and product candidates, the methods used to manufacture them, the related therapeutic targets and associated methods of treatment
as well as on successfully defending these patents against potential third-party challenges. Our ability to protect our products and product candidates from
unauthorized  making,  using,  selling,  offering  to  sell  or  importing  by  third  parties  is  dependent  on  the  extent  to  which  we  have  rights  under  valid  and
enforceable patents that cover these activities.

The ultimate determination by the USPTO or by a court or other trier of fact in the United States, or corresponding foreign national patent offices or
courts,  on  whether  a  claim  meets  all  requirements  of  patentability  cannot  be  assured.  Although  we  have  conducted  searches  for  third-party  publications,
patents and other information that may affect the patentability of claims in our various patent applications and patents, we cannot be certain that all relevant
information has been identified. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or patent applications, in
our licensed patents or patent applications or in third-party patents.

We cannot provide assurances that any of our patent applications will be found to be patentable, including over our own prior art patents, or will
issue as patents. Neither can we make assurances as to the scope of any claims that may issue from our pending and future patent applications nor to the
outcome  of  any  proceedings  by  any  potential  third  parties  that  could  challenge  the  patentability,  validity  or  enforceability  of  our  patents  and  patent
applications  in  the  United  States  or  foreign  jurisdictions.  Any  such  challenge,  if  successful,  could  limit  patent  protection  for  our  products  and  product
candidates and/or materially harm our business.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and might not adequately

protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

•

•

•

•

we might not be able to generate sufficient data to support full patent applications that protect the entire breadth of developments in one or
more of our programs;

it is possible that one or more of our pending patent applications will not become an issued patent or, if issued, that the patent(s) will be
insufficient  to  protect  our  technology,  provide  us  with  a  basis  for  commercially  viable  products  or  provide  us  with  any  competitive
advantages;

if our pending applications issue as patents, they may be challenged by third parties as not infringed, invalid or unenforceable under United
States or foreign laws; or

if issued, the patents under which we hold rights might not be valid or enforceable.

In addition, to the extent that we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for one of our products or product candidates or in the event that
such  patent  protection  expires,  it  may  no  longer  be  cost-effective  to  extend  our  portfolio  by  pursuing  additional  development  of  a  product  or  product
candidate for follow-on indications. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection of our technologies depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and
other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these
requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the
USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO
and various non- U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions
during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the
patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Under the terms of some of our licenses, we do
not have the ability to maintain or prosecute patents in the portfolio, and must therefore rely on third parties to comply with these requirements. Failure by us
or our licensors to maintain protection of our patent portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations,
and prospects.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, it is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for
example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we fail to establish, maintain or protect
such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If any of our present or future partners, collaborators, licensees,
or licensors, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be
compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our patents or patent applications, such patents may be
invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent
competition from third parties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time and if we do not obtain protection
under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar non- U.S. legislation for extending the term of patents covering each of our product candidates, our
business may be materially harmed.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be
available, however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory
review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our
patent portfolio might not provide us with adequate and continuing patent protection sufficient to exclude others from commercializing products similar to our
product candidates.

Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be
eligible  for  limited  patent  term  extension  under  the  Drug  Price  Competition  and  Patent  Term  Restoration  Act  of  1984,  referred  to  as  the  Hatch-Waxman
Amendments and similar legislation in the European Union. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent
covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A patent
term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended
and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we might not receive
an  extension  if  we  fail  to  apply  within  applicable  deadlines,  fail  to  apply  prior  to  expiration  of  relevant  patents  or  otherwise  fail  to  satisfy  applicable
requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such
extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for that product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain
approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced and could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Changes  to  the  patent  law  in  the  United  States  or  other  jurisdictions  could  diminish  the  value  of  patents  in  general,  thereby  impairing  our  ability  to
protect our products.

Our  success  is  heavily  dependent  on  intellectual  property,  particularly  patents.  Obtaining  and  enforcing  patents  in  the  biopharmaceutical  industry
involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or
the America Invents Act, reformed U.S. patent law in part by changing the U.S. patent system from a “first to invent” system to a “first inventor to file”
system, expanding the definition of prior art, and developing a post-grant review system. This legislation changed U.S. patent law in a way that may weaken
our ability to obtain patent protection in the United States for those applications filed after March 16, 2013.

Further, the America Invents Act created new procedures to challenge the validity of issued patents in the United States, including post-grant review
and  inter  partes  review  proceedings,  which  some  third  parties  have  been  using  to  cause  the  cancellation  of  selected  or  all  claims  of  issued  patents  of
competitors. For a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later, a petition for post-grant review can be filed by a third party in a nine-month
window  from  issuance  of  the  patent.  A  petition  for  inter partes  review  can  be  filed  immediately  following  the  issuance  of  a  patent  if  the  patent  has  an
effective filing date prior to March 16, 2013. A petition for inter partes review can be filed after the nine-month period for filing a post-grant review petition
has expired for a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later. Post-grant review proceedings can be brought on any ground of invalidity,
whereas inter partes  review  proceedings  can  only  raise  an  invalidity  challenge  based  on  published  prior  art  and  patents.  These  adversarial  actions  at  the
USPTO review patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts, and use a lower burden of proof
than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a
USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any of our patents are challenged by a
third party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we, our licensors or collaborators will be successful in defending the patent, which would
result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us.

52

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, recent court rulings in cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary
Cancer Test Patent Litigation, Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. and Abbvie Deutschland GmbH v. Janssen Biotech, Inc. have narrowed the scope of
patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with
regard  to  our  ability  to  obtain  patents  in  the  future,  this  combination  of  events  has  created  uncertainty  with  respect  to  the  value  of  patents  once  obtained.
Depending  on  future  actions  by  the  U.S.  Congress,  the  U.S.  courts,  the  USPTO  and  the  relevant  law-making  bodies  in  other  countries,  the  laws  and
regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and
patents that we might obtain in the future. Any changes to patent law in the United States or other jurisdictions that impairs our ability to protect our product
candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We might not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing,  prosecuting,  enforcing  and  defending  patents  on  our  product  candidates  in  all  countries  throughout  the  world  would  be  prohibitively
expensive,  and  our  intellectual  property  rights  in  some  foreign  countries  can  be  less  extensive  than  those  in  the  United  States.  The  requirements  for
patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries; thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be
no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our products.

Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual
property laws. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions.
The legal systems of some countries, including India, China and other developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual
property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For
example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we might not
be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain foreign countries. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we
have not obtained patent protection to develop and market their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we
have patent protection, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our
patents or other intellectual property rights might not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Agreements through which we license patent rights might not give us sufficient rights to permit us to pursue enforcement of our licensed patents or
defense  of  any  claims  asserting  the  invalidity  of  these  patents  (or  control  of  enforcement  or  defense)  of  such  patent  rights  in  all  relevant  jurisdictions  as
requirements may vary.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and
resources from other aspects of our business. Moreover, such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our
patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We might not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and
the  damages  or  other  remedies  awarded,  if  any,  might  not  be  commercially  meaningful.  Furthermore,  while  we  intend  to  protect  our  intellectual  property
rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish
to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. Any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we are sued for infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time
consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our product candidates.

Our  commercial  success  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  develop,  manufacture,  market  and  sell  our  product  candidates  without  infringing,
misappropriating,  or  otherwise  violating  the  intellectual  property  and  other  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties.  Third  parties  may  have  U.S.  and  non-  U.S.
issued patents and pending patent applications relating to compounds, methods of manufacturing compounds and/or methods of use for the treatment of the
disease indications for which we are developing our product candidates that may cover our product candidates or approach to complement inhibition. If any
third-party patents or patent applications are found to cover our product candidates or their methods of use or manufacture, or our approach to complement
inhibition, we might not be free to manufacture or market our product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which might not be available on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

53

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or
threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, including interference
and post-grant proceedings before the USPTO. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of
manufacture or methods for treatment related to the composition, use or manufacture of our product candidates. We cannot guarantee that any of our patent
searches or analyses including, but not limited to, the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents are
complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is
relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. Because patent applications can take many years to issue,
there  may  be  currently  pending  patent  applications  which  may  later  result  in  issued  patents  that  our  product  candidates  may  be  accused  of  infringing.  In
addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Accordingly, third parties may
assert infringement claims against us based on intellectual property rights that exist now or arise in the future. The outcome of intellectual property litigation
is  subject  to  uncertainties  that  cannot  be  adequately  quantified  in  advance.  The  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  industries  have  produced  a  significant
number of patents, and it might not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use or
manufacture. The scope of protection afforded by a patent is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are
sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the
relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we might not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the
United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents.
Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be
diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, we might not have sufficient resources
to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. Further, the outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately
quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of any adverse party. This is especially true in intellectual property
cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree.

If we are found to infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court
order,  to  cease  developing,  manufacturing  or  commercializing  the  infringing  product  candidate  or  product.  Alternatively,  we  may  be  required  to  obtain  a
license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product candidate
or product. However, we might not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license,
it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally it could include terms
that  impede  or  destroy  our  ability  to  compete  successfully  in  the  commercial  marketplace.  In  addition,  we  could  be  found  liable  for  monetary  damages,
including  treble  damages  and  attorneys’  fees  if  we  are  found  to  have  willfully  infringed  a  patent.  A  finding  of  infringement  could  prevent  us  from
commercializing  our  product  candidates  or  force  us  to  cease  some  of  our  business  operations,  which  could  harm  our  business.  Claims  that  we  have
misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of
what we regard as our own intellectual property and proprietary technology.

Many  of  our  current  and  former  employees  and  our  licensors’  current  and  former  employees,  including  our  senior  management,  were  previously
employed  at  universities  or  at  other  biotechnology  or  pharmaceutical  companies,  including  some  which  may  be  competitors  or  potential  competitors.
Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims
that  we  or  these  employees  have  used  or  disclosed  intellectual  property,  including  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  information,  of  any  such  third  party.
Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose
valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be
required  to  obtain  a  license  from  such  third  party  to  commercialize  our  technology  or  products.  Such  a  license  might  not  be  available  on  commercially
reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in  defending  against  such  claims,  litigation  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  be  a  distraction  to
management.

In addition, while we typically require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property
to  execute  agreements  assigning  such  intellectual  property  to  us,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in  executing  such  an  agreement  with  each  party  who  in  fact
develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, which may result in claims by or against us related to the ownership of such intellectual property. If
we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we
are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and
scientific personnel. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

54

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
We  may  become  involved  in  lawsuits  to  protect  or  enforce  our  patents  or  other  intellectual  property,  which  could  be  expensive,  time  consuming  and
unsuccessful.

Competitors  may  infringe,  misappropriate,  or  otherwise  violate  our  patents,  trademarks,  copyrights  or  other  intellectual  property.  To  counter
infringement  or  unauthorized  use,  we  may  be  required  to  file  infringement  claims,  which  can  be  expensive  and  time  consuming  and  divert  the  time  and
attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims
against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In any patent
infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have
the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe
the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent
claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving one or more of our patents could limit our ability to assert those
patents  against  those  parties  or  other  competitors,  and  may  curtail  or  preclude  our  ability  to  exclude  third  parties  from  making  and  selling  similar  or
competitive  products.  Similarly,  if  we  assert  trademark  infringement  claims,  a  court  may  determine  that  the  marks  we  have  asserted  are  invalid  or
unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could
ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Further,  the  outcome  of  intellectual  property  litigation  is  subject  to  uncertainties  that  cannot  be  adequately  quantified  in  advance,  including  the
demeanor  and  credibility  of  witnesses  and  the  identity  of  any  adverse  party.  This  is  especially  true  in  intellectual  property  cases  that  may  turn  on  the
testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary
damages,  which  might  not  be  an  adequate  remedy.  Furthermore,  because  of  the  substantial  amount  of  discovery  required  in  connection  with  intellectual
property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public
announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be
negative,  it  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our  common  shares.  Moreover,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  have  sufficient  financial  or  other
resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims,
the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a
result of the proceedings. Any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing and any future intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights
that are important to our business.

We  may  be  reliant  upon  licenses  to  certain  patent  rights  and  proprietary  technology  form  third  parties  that  are  important  or  necessary  to  the
development of our product candidates. These and other licenses might not provide exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all
relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products in the future. As a result, we might
not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses. Our licensors may
have relied on third party consultants or collaborators or funds from third parties such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents
we in-license. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the agreements under which we license patent rights might not give us control over patent prosecution or maintenance, so that we might
not be able to control which claims or arguments are presented and might not be able to secure, maintain, or successfully enforce necessary or desirable patent
protection from those patent rights. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensors will be conducted in compliance
with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents. Even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will
require the cooperation of our licensors, and cannot guarantee that we would receive it and on what terms. We cannot be certain that our licensors will allocate
sufficient  resources  or  prioritize  their  or  our  enforcement  of  such  patents  or  defense  of  such  claims  to  protect  our  interests  in  any  licensed  patents.  If  we
cannot obtain patent protection, or enforce existing or future patents against third parties, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and prospects.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Further,  the  agreements  under  which  we  currently  license  intellectual  property  or  technology  to  or  from  third  parties  are  complex,  and  certain
provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could
narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or
other  obligations  under  the  relevant  agreement,  either  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  conditions,  results  of
operations, and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we license prevent or impair our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements
on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  conditions,  results  of  operations,  and  prospects.  Disputes  may  arise  regarding  intellectual  property  subject  to  a
licensing agreement, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

the  extent  to  which  our  technology  and  processes  infringe  on  intellectual  property  of  the  licensor  that  is  not  subject  to  the  licensing
agreement;

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under current and any future collaborative development relationships;

our diligence obligations under any license agreement and what activities satisfy such obligations;

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our license
counterparties and us and our partners; and

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In  spite  of  our  efforts,  our  license  counterparties  might  conclude  that  we  have  materially  breached  our  license  agreements  and  might  therefore
terminate  the  license  agreements,  which  may  remove  our  ability  to  develop  and  commercialize  the  product  candidates  and  technology  covered  by  these
license agreements. If any in-licenses are terminated, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to
ours. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain any additional licenses that we require at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event,
we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our product candidates, technology, or the methods for manufacturing them or to
develop or license replacement technology, all of which might not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable
to  develop  or  commercialize  the  affected  product  candidates,  which  could  harm  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and  prospects
significantly. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and
prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be negatively impacted and our business would be
harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection for certain aspects of our intellectual property. However,
trade secrets are difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties
who have access to them, such as our employees, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, contract manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties. We
also  enter  into  confidentiality  and  invention  or  patent  assignment  agreements  with  employees  and  certain  consultants.  Any  party  with  whom  we  have
executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we might not be able to
obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and
time-consuming,  and  the  outcome  is  unpredictable.  Additionally,  if  the  steps  taken  to  maintain  our  trade  secrets  are  deemed  inadequate,  we  may  have
insufficient  recourse  against  third  parties  for  misappropriating  the  trade  secret.  Further,  if  any  of  our  trade  secrets  were  to  be  lawfully  obtained  or
independently  developed  by  a  competitor,  we  would  have  no  right  to  prevent  such  third  party,  or  those  to  whom  they  communicate  such  technology  or
information, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a
competitor, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we might not be able to build name recognition in our marks of interest and our
business may be adversely affected.

Our trademarks or trade names, including OptejetTM, may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing
on other marks. We rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We might not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks
and  trade  names  or  may  be  forced  to  stop  using  these  names,  which  we  need  for  name  recognition  by  potential  partners  or  customers  in  our  markets  of
interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we
may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an
opportunity  to  oppose  pending  trademark  applications  and  to  seek  to  cancel  registered  trademarks.  Opposition  or  cancellation  proceedings  may  be  filed
against our trademarks, and our trademarks might not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and
trade names, we might not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Our management and members of our Board of Directors have the ability to substantially influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

As  of  March  20,  2019,  our  management  and  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  in  the  aggregate,  beneficially  owned  shares  representing
approximately 43% of our capital stock. As a result, they can substantially influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our
management and affairs. For example, these persons would substantially influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale
of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets.  This  concentration  of  voting  power  could  delay  or  prevent  an  acquisition  of  our  company  on  terms  that  other
stockholders desire or result in management of our company that our public stockholders disagree with.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common
stock to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to certain restrictions. These sales,
or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of March
20, 2019, we had 12,019,148 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, other than
shares owned by our affiliates, which may only be sold pursuant to Rule 144.

If securities analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of
our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our
business.  If  securities  analysts  do  not  continue  coverage  of  us,  the  trading  price  of  our  stock  could  decrease.  Additionally,  if  one  or  more  of  the  analysts
covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock,
we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock.

The stock market historically has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. As a result of this volatility and because the public market for
our stock is new, you might not be able to sell your common stock at or above the price at which you purchase it. From our IPO in January 2018 through
December  31,  2018,  the  per  share  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been  as  high  as  $10.74  and  as  low  as  $2.40.  It  might  continue  to  fluctuate
significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to successfully proceed to and conduct clinical trials;

results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

the success of competitive products or technologies;

commencement or termination of collaborations;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our inability to obtain or delays in obtaining adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection
for our technologies;

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We have broad discretion in the use of our cash, including the net proceeds from our IPO and our follow-on offering, and might not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our cash, including the net proceeds from our IPO and our December 2018 follow-
on public offering of common stock, and could spend our cash in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common
stock.  The  failure  by  our  management  to  apply  these  funds  effectively  could  result  in  financial  losses  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest our cash,
including the net proceeds from our IPO and follow-on offering, in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Our business is subject to changing regulations regarding corporate governance, disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting, and other
compliance areas that will increase both our costs and the risk of noncompliance.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations of our stock exchange. The requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting,
and  financial  compliance  costs,  will  make  some  activities  more  difficult,  time-consuming,  and  costly,  and  may  also  place  undue  strain  on  our  personnel,
systems, and resources.

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal
control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend
significant management efforts. Prior to our IPO, we had never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may
experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We are required to disclose changes made to our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public
accounting  firm  will  not  be  required  to  formally  attest  to  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act), if we
take advantage of the exemption available under the JOBS Act to the auditor attestation requirement in Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are
not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, the market price of our stock could decline and we
could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which
would require additional financial and management resources.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Failure to develop and maintain adequate financial controls could cause us to have material weaknesses, which could adversely affect our operations and
financial position.

As previously reported, in the fourth quarter of 2017, we identified certain material weaknesses in internal controls including regarding insufficient
segregation  of  duties  in  our  finance  and  accounting  function  because  of  our  limited  personnel,  properly  identifying  all  related  party  relationships  and
transactions so that they could be evaluated for disclosure in our public filings, properly communicating the terms of certain agreements entered into by us to
the Board of Directors in order for the Board to take the appropriate actions, and adequately recording research and development expenses in our internal
books  and  records  to  permit  timely  and  accurate  financial  reporting.  While  we  have  remedied  these  weaknesses,  we  might  in  the  future  discover  other
material  weaknesses  that  require  additional  remediation.  In  addition,  an  internal  control  system,  no  matter  how  well-designed,  cannot  provide  absolute
assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we are not able to comply
with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we
might not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be
subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

Any  failure  to  develop  or  maintain  effective  controls,  or  any  difficulties  encountered  in  their  implementation  or  improvement,  could  harm  our
operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely
affect  the  results  of  periodic  management  evaluations  regarding  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  we  are  required  to
include in our periodic reports filed with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures or internal
control  over  financial  reporting  could  also  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  and  other  information,  which  would  likely  have  a
negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance
training of our directors, officers, and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of
time  to  complete.  Such  changes  may  not  be  effective,  however,  in  maintaining  the  adequacy  of  our  internal  controls,  and  any  failure  to  maintain  that
adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair
our  ability  to  operate  our  business.  In  the  event  that  we  are  not  able  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  in  a  timely
manner, that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose
confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock
less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards
until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards.

For  as  long  as  we  continue  to  be  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  intend  to  take  advantage  of  certain  other  exemptions  from  various  reporting
requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in
our  periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements,  exemptions  from  the  requirements  of  holding  a  nonbinding  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation  and
stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and exemptions from the requirements of auditor attestation reports on the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on
these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our
stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is
held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of
$1.07  billion  or  more  during  such  fiscal  year,  (iii)  the  date  on  which  we  issue  more  than  $1  billion  in  non-convertible  debt  in  a  three-year  period,  or  (iv)
December 31, 2023.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders,
more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation, and our bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us
that  stockholders  may  consider  favorable,  including  transactions  in  which  you  might  otherwise  receive  a  premium  for  your  shares.  These  provisions  also
could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common
stock.  In  addition,  because  our  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  appointing  the  members  of  our  management  team,  these  provisions  may  frustrate  or
prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of
our Board. Among other things, these provisions:

•

•

allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution adopted by a majority of our Board;

limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the Board, as may be permitted by law;

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our Board;

limit who may call stockholder meetings;

authorize our Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a stockholder rights plan, or so-
called “poison pill,” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that
have not been approved by our Board; and

require  all  stockholder  action  to  take  place  at  duly  called  stockholder  meetings  and  disallow  the  ability  of  our  stockholders  to  act  by
majority written consent.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the
date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a
prescribed manner.

Our  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  is,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  the  sole  and
exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders. These choice of forum provisions could limit the ability of stockholders to
obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Unless  we  consent  to  the  selection  of  an  alternative  forum,  our  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of
Delaware,  or  the  Court  of  Chancery,  will  be,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  any  derivative  action  or  proceeding
brought  on  our  behalf;  any  action  asserting  a  claim  of  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  owed  by  any  of  our  directors,  officers  or  other  employees  or  agent  to  the
Company or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, or our certificate
of incorporation or bylaws; any action to enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against
us  that  is  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine.  Since  the  choice  of  forum  provisions  are  only  applicable  to  “the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,”  as
provided in our certificate of incorporation, the provisions do not designate the Court of Chancery as the exclusive forum for any derivative action or other
claim for which the applicable statute creates exclusive jurisdiction in another forum. As such, the choice of forum provisions do not apply to any actions
arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or
our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a
court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur
additional  costs  associated  with  resolving  such  action  in  other  jurisdictions,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and
operating results.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole
source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the
growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital
appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Smaller reporting companies such as us are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 2.

Properties.

Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  in  approximately  3,800  square  feet  of  office  space  in  New  York  City,  NY.  In  addition,  we  lease

approximately 1,000 square feet of office space in Reno, Nevada where we perform certain of our research and development activities.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the

future on commercially reasonable terms.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

The Company, its Chief Executive Officer and members of its Board of Directors were named as defendants in a legal proceeding filed in the United
States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  New  Jersey  on  September  2,  2014  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with  Corinthian
Ophthalmic, Inc. (“Corinthian”). A shareholder of Corinthian, alleged a fraudulent transfer, and sought to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares
and other damages in aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 million. The court conducted a pretrial conference on January 22, 2018 and entered a final
pretrial order on January 23, 2018. On October 29, 2018, the parties entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to which the defendants agreed to pay the
Corinthian  shareholder  $600,000  in  exchange  for  the  release  of  all  related  claims.  While  the  Company  is  indemnified  by  Corinthian  and  Corinthian's
applicable insurance policy provides coverage of $10 million, in an effort to avoid the additional legal costs and other resources required with a trial, the
Company contributed $150,000 of the settlement amount (the remaining $450,000 was paid by Corinthian's insurance carrier), which was paid on October 29,
2018.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of March 27, 2019:

Name

Age

Position

Tsontcho Ianchulev, M.D., M.P.H.

John Gandolfo

Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby

Luke Clauson

Michael Rowe

  45

  58

  65

  41

  56

  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Medical  Officer  and

Director

  Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

  Vice President, Clinical Operations

  Vice President, Research & Development

  Vice President, Marketing

Dr. Tsontcho Ianchulev has been serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Medical Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since
March  2014.  From  2009  to  2016,  he  was  the  Chief  Medical  Officer  and  the  head  of  technology  and  business  development  for  Transcend  Medical,  Inc.
(acquired by Novartis International AG/Alcon, Inc. (NYSE: NVS)). Prior to that, while at Genentech, Inc. (NASDAQ: DNA, before going private in 2009),
Dr. Ianchulev headed the ophthalmology research group and directed the development and the FDA approval of Lucentis. Dr. Ianchulev currently serves as a
director of the ASCRS Foundation and on the advisory board of Alcon. He was formerly chairman of the board of directors of ianTECH from 2014 until its
acquisition by Carl Zeiss Meditec in 2019. Dr. Ianchulev received his B.S. from the University of Rochester. He received both his M.D. and an M.P.H. from
Harvard University and completed his specialty training at the Doheny Eye Institute. Currently, Dr. Ianchulev serves as a professor in the New York Eye and
Ear Infirmary of Mount Sinai.

John Gandolfo has been serving as our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since December 2017. Mr. Gandolfo has approximately 30 years of
experience as a chief financial officer of multiple rapidly growing private and publicly held companies with a primary focus in the life sciences, healthcare
and medical device areas. Mr. Gandolfo has had direct responsibility over capital raising, including five public offerings, financial management, mergers and
acquisition transactions and SEC reporting throughout his professional career. Prior to joining Eyenovia, Mr. Gandolfo was Chief Financial Officer of Xtant
Medical Holdings, Inc. from July 2010 through September 2017. Prior to joining Xtant, he served as the Chief Financial Officer for Progenitor Cell Therapy
LLC, a manufacturer of stem cell therapies, from January 2009 to June 2010. Prior to joining Progenitor, Mr. Gandolfo served as the Chief Financial Officer
of Power Medical Interventions, Inc. (acquired by Covidien plc, which was in turn acquired by Medtronic plc), a publicly held developer and manufacturer of
computerized surgical stapling and cutter systems, from January 2007 to January 2009. Prior to joining Power Medical Interventions, Mr. Gandolfo was the
Chief Financial Officer of Bioject Medical Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: BJCT), a supplier of needle-free drug delivery systems to the pharmaceutical and
biotechnology industries, from September 2001 to May 2006, and served on the Bioject’s board of directors from September 2006 through May 2007. Prior to
joining  Bioject,  Mr.  Gandolfo  was  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Capital  Access  Network,  Inc.,  a  privately  held  specialty  finance  company,  from  2000
through  September  2001,  and  Xceed,  Inc.  (OTC:  EXDW),  an  Internet  consulting  firm,  from  1999  to  2000.  From  1994  to  1999,  Mr.  Gandolfo  was  Chief
Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Impath,  Inc.,  a  then  publicly  held,  cancer-focused  healthcare  information  company.  From  1987  through
1994, he was Chief Financial Officer of Medical Resources, Inc., a then publicly held manager of diagnostic imaging centers throughout the United States.
Mr.  Gandolfo  received  his  B.A.  in  business  administration  from  Rutgers  University.  He  is  a  certified  public  accountant  (inactive  status)  who  began  his
professional career at Price Waterhouse.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
Jennifer “Ginger” Clasby has been serving as our Vice President, Clinical Operations since September 2017. From 2009 to September 2017, she
served as Vice President, Clinical & Regulatory Affairs/Quality Assurance at Transcend Medical. In that position, she was responsible for overseeing clinical
operations and regulatory processes for the company’s clinical trials in the United States, Europe and Latin America, as well as worldwide regulatory affairs,
quality assurance and compliance activities. She was also a pivotal executive with Promedica International, a contract research organization, from 1994 to
2009.  Prior  to  that,  Clasby  worked  with  ophthalmic  device  companies  American  Medical  Optics  and  Optical  Radiation  Corporation  in  various  roles  for
approximately  14  years  in  the  areas  of  clinical  affairs,  manufacturing  operations,  marketing  and  sales.  She  serves  on  the  University  of  California-Irvine
Extension  Life  Science  Advisory  Committee.  She  holds  an  M.S.  degree  in  Industrial  Engineering  from  Arizona  State  University  and  B.S.  degrees  in
mathematics and physics from Guilford College.

Luke Clauson  has  been  serving  as  our  Vice  President,  Research  &  Development  and  Manufacturing  since  August  2017.  He  founded  a  medical
device-focused engineering development company, Innovative Drive Corporation, that has helped businesses of all sizes conceptualize and bring dozens of
products to market, including several in ophthalmology, in 2004 and has been serving as its President since then. Mr. Clauson has been the President and a
director of Inspire products, Inc. since 2012 and also serves on the board of directors of Mimic Motion, Inc. From 2016 until 2018, he was Chief Operating
Officer of ianTECH. From 2009 to 2016, Mr. Clauson was Vice President, Research & Development and Operations at Transcend Medical. He started his
engineering  career  at  Cardica,  Inc.  (now  Dex  Liquidating  Co.),  where  he  ultimately  directed  product  development  for  the  core  anastomotic  business.  Mr.
Clauson has extensive experience in designing, validating, achieving regulatory approval and scaling for commercialization with multiple products. He holds
a B.Sc. in mechanical engineering from the University of California, Davis.

Michael Rowe has been serving as our Vice President, Marketing since July 2018.  From February 2016 to June 2018, Mr. Rowe was head of Global
Strategic  Marketing,  Ophthalmology  at  Aerie  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (NASDAQ:  AERI),  where  he  was  responsible  for  the  United  States  and  international
commercialization, planning and execution for Rhopressa®, for the lowering of elevated IOP in patients with open-angle glaucoma or ocular hypertension.
Previously,  he  spent  12  years  at  Allergan  plc  in  various  roles  supporting  corporate  strategic  initiatives  as  well  as  strategic  planning  for  the  company’s
worldwide  glaucoma  franchise,  including  the  development  of  bimatoprost  SR  and  the  global  launch  of  Ganfort®  UD.  Mr.  Rowe  also  has  held  senior
marketing roles at Bayer Healthcare Pharmaceuticals Inc., Women First Healthcare, Inc. and Pfizer Inc (NYSE: PFE). Mr. Rowe holds an M.Sc. in Human
Factors/Experimental Psychology from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a B.A. in Psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

PART II

Market for Common Equity

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EYEN.”

Based upon information furnished by our transfer agent, at March 20, 2019, we had approximately 49 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared dividends on our equity securities, and currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the
foreseeable  future.  We  expect  to  retain  our  future  earnings,  if  any,  for  use  in  the  operation  and  expansion  of  our  business.  Subject  to  the  foregoing,  the
payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital
requirements, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12 of this report for disclosure regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans required by Item 201(d) of

Regulation S-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

On January 24, 2018, the SEC declared effective our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-222162), as amended, filed in connection
with the initial public offering of our common stock. Pursuant to the Registration Statement, we registered the offer and sale of up to $35,000,000 of our
common  stock.  On  January  29,  2018,  we  issued  and  sold  2,730,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  price  to  the  public  of  $10.00  per  share.  Ladenburg
Thalmann & Co. Inc., a subsidiary of Ladenburg Thalmann Financial Services Inc., and Roth Capital Partners acted as joint book-running managers for the
offering. 

As  a  result  of  the  offering,  we  received  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $24.5  million  in  the  aggregate,  which  consists  of  gross  proceeds  of  $27.3
million,  offset  by  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  of  approximately  $1.9  million  and  other  offering  expenses  of  approximately  $0.9  million.  No
payments for such expenses were made directly or indirectly to (i) any of our officers or directors or their associates, (ii) any persons owning 10% or more of
any class of our equity securities or (iii) any of our affiliates. The offering has closed.

There has been no material change in the expected use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus, dated

January 24, 2018, filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) relating to our Registration Statement on Form
S-1.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

Smaller reporting companies such as us are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis is based on, and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements for the years ended December
31, 2018 and 2017, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations  contains  statements  that  are  forward-looking.  These  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  assumptions  that  are  subject  to  risk,
uncertainties and other factors. These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,”
“could,” “estimate,” or “continue,” and similar expressions or variations. Actual results could differ materially because of the factors discussed in “Risk
Factors” elsewhere in this Annual Report, and other factors that we have not identified.

Overview

We are a clinical stage ophthalmic biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of microdose therapeutics utilizing our patented piezo-print
delivery technology, branded the OptejetTM. Eyenovia aims to achieve clinical microdosing of next-generation formulations of well-established ophthalmic
pharmaceutical  agents  using  its  high-precision  targeted  ocular  delivery  system,  which  has  the  potential  to  replace  conventional  eye  dropper  delivery  and
improve safety, tolerability, patient compliance and topical delivery success for ophthalmic eye treatments. In the clinic, Optejet has demonstrated up to a
75%  reduction  in  ocular  drug  and  preservative  exposure,  with  successful  topical  delivery  that  is  consistent  with  the  efficacy  of  traditional  eye  drop
administration.  Using  its  proprietary  delivery  technology,  Eyenovia  is  developing  the  next  generation  of  smart  ophthalmic  therapies  while  targeting  new
indications for which there are currently no drug therapies approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. Eyenovia’s microdose
therapeutics follow the FDA-designated pharmaceutical registrational and regulatory process. Its products are not classified by the FDA as medical devices or
drug-device combination products.

Eyenovia has completed its Phase III trials for MicroStat and announced positive results from the MicroStat MIST-1 and MIST-2 studies. MicroStat
is a fixed combination formulation of phenylephrine-tropicamide for mydriasis (pupil dilation), designed to be a novel approach for the estimated 80 million
office-based comprehensive and diabetic eye exams and four million ophthalmic surgical dilations performed every year in the United States. Additionally, in
February 2019, the FDA accepted Eyenovia’s investigational new drug application, or IND, to initiate our Phase III registration trial of MicroPine to reduce
the progression of myopia in children. MicroPine is a first-in-class topical therapy for the treatment of progressive myopia, a back-of-the-eye ocular disease
associated with pathologic axial elongation and sclero-retinal stretching affecting approximately five million people. We also have received clear feedback
from  the  FDA  regarding  the  requirements  for  Phase  III  trials  for  our  MicroProst  program.  MicroProst  is  a  novel  latanoprost  formulation  for  lowering
intraocular pressure, or IOP, in patients with ocular hypertension, or OHT, primary open angle glaucoma, or PAOG, and chronic angle closure glaucoma, or
CACG. MicroTears, our over-the-counter, or OTC, product candidate for hyperemia (red eye), pruritis (itch) and dry eye, will not require Phase III trials, and
we plan to proceed with registration activities for MicroTears in 2019.

Results  from  our  three  Phase  II  clinical  trials  have  been  published  in  peer-reviewed  literature.  Two  studies  evaluating  our  mydriatic  agents
demonstrated how the Optejet consistently delivered precision dosing at the volume of the eye’s natural tear film capacity of 6-8 µL, which reduced ocular
and systemic drug and preservative exposure, while demonstrating pupil dilation comparable to conventional eye drops with fewer side effects. In the third
study,  we  evaluated  usability,  patient  tolerability  and  IOP  lowering  of  microdosed  latanoprost  administered  with  the  Optejet.  In  this  study,  eyes  receiving
microdosed  latanoprost  achieved  IOP  reduction  consistent  with  published  literature  on  latanoprost  eye  drops,  and  administration  of  the  medication  was
successful in a single attempt in more than 90% of cases. Based on the results from these clinical trials, we were able to advance MicroStat into Phase III
utilizing the 505(b)(2) pathway and plan to do the same with MicroPine and MicroProst. Where possible, we also intend to use this pathway for future clinical
trials in new indications with significant unmet needs.

We have not completed development of any product candidate and we have therefore not generated any revenues from product sales.

Historically, we have financed our operations principally through stock offerings, including our initial public offering and follow-on public offering
that closed in January 2018 and December 2018, respectively. Although it is difficult to predict our liquidity requirements, based upon our current operating
plan, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to
raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities or otherwise, to support our future operations. If we are unable to secure additional
capital, we may be required to curtail our research and development initiatives and take additional measures to reduce costs in order to conserve our cash.

Our net loss was $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we had working capital and an accumulated deficit

of $16.8 million and $36.5 million, respectively.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Overview

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from product sales since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the
near future. Our ability to generate revenues will depend heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our micro-
therapeutic product candidates.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are incurred in connection with the research and development of our micro-therapeutics and consist primarily of
contract service expenses. Given where we are in our life cycle, we do not separately track research and development expenses by project. Our research and
development expenses consist of:

·

·

·

direct clinical and non-clinical expenses, which include expenses incurred under agreements with contract research and contract manufacturing
organizations, and costs associated with preclinical, development and regulatory activities;

personnel-related expenses, which include expenses related to consulting agreements with individuals that have since entered into employment
agreements with us, as well as salaries and other compensation of employees that are attributable to research and development activities; and

facilities  and  other  expenses,  which  include  direct  and  allocated  expenses  for  rent  and  maintenance  of  facilities,  marketing,  insurance  and
supplies used in research and development activities.

We  expense  research  and  development  costs  as  incurred.  We  record  costs  for  some  development  activities,  such  as  clinical  trials,  based  on  an
evaluation  of  the  progress  to  completion  of  specific  tasks  using  data  such  as  subject  enrollment,  clinical  site  activations  or  other  information  our  vendors
provide to us.

We expect that our research and development expenses will increase with the continuation of the aforementioned initiatives.

General and Administrative Expenses

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  payroll  and  related  expenses,  legal  and  other  professional  services,  as  well  as  non-cash
stock-based compensation expense. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to
support our continued research and development and the potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased expenses related
to  audit,  legal,  regulatory,  and  tax-related  services  associated  with  maintaining  compliance  with  our  exchange  listing  and  public  company  reporting
requirements.  In  addition,  director  and  officer  insurance  premiums  and  investor  relations  costs  associated  with  being  a  public  company  could  increase  in
future periods.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2017

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $11.1 million, an increase of $7.3 million, or 191%, as compared

to $3.8 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017. Research and development expenses consisted of the following:

Direct clinical and non-clinical expenses
Personnel-related expenses
Supplies and materials
Non-cash stock-based compensation expenses
Other
Total research and development expenses

65

For the Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2018
5,785,577    $
2,625,437     
1,868,548     
821,568     
17,966     
  $ 11,119,096    $

2017
2,783,344 
546,688 
207,673 
253,562 
25,465 
3,816,732 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
The  increase  in  direct  clinical  and  non-clinical  expenses  and  the  related  research  supplies  and  personnel-related  expenses  is  primarily  due  to  an
increase  in  contracted  services  and  the  hiring  of  14  additional  employees  to  expand  our  research  and  development  activities  for  our  micro-therapeutic
products.  For the year ended December 31, 2018, personnel-related expenses include approximately $0.5 million of estimated expenses in connection with
year-end 2018 executive bonuses that are yet to be paid. The increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense as compared to the 2017 period was due
to additional stock options that were granted in 2018.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $6.1 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 366%, as compared
to $1.3 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in legal and professional fees of $1.9
million, payroll costs of $1.0 million (including approximately $0.2 million of estimated expenses in connection with year-end 2018 executive bonuses that
are  yet  to  be  paid),  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $0.6  million,  insurance  expense  of  $0.4  million,  expenses  related  to  travel  and
entertainment of $0.3 million, board fees of $0.2 million, supplies and materials expenses of $0.2 million  and rent expense of $0.1 million. It also was largely
due to the hiring of an additional four employees associated with the growth of our business as well as costs related to being a public company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since  inception,  we  have  experienced  negative  cash  flows  from  operations.  At  December  31,  2018,  our  accumulated  deficit  since  inception  was
$36.5 million. In January 2018, we raised aggregate net proceeds of approximately $24.5 million in our initial public offering and in December 2018, we
raised aggregate net proceeds of approximately $2.8 million in our follow-on public offering.

At December 31, 2018, we had working capital and stockholders’ equity of $16.8 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had no debt outstanding.

At December 31, 2018, we had a cash balance of $19.7 million. We expect our current cash on hand to be sufficient to meet our operating and capital
requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of this filing. Thereafter, we may need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional
equity or debt securities, to support our future operations. Our operating needs include the planned costs to operate our business, including amounts required
to  fund  research  and  development  activities  including  clinical  studies,  working  capital  and  capital  expenditures.  Our  future  capital  requirements  and  the
adequacy  of  our  available  funds  will  depend  on  many  factors,  including  our  ability  to  successfully  commercialize  our  products  and  services,  competing
technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance
or complement our product and service offerings. If we are unable to secure additional capital, we may be required to curtail our research and development
initiatives and take additional measures to reduce costs in order to conserve our cash.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, our sources and uses of cash were as follows:

Net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  $13.1  million,  which  includes  cash  used  to  fund  a  net  loss  of
$17.3 million, reduced by $1.6 million of non-cash expenses, partially offset by $2.5 million of net cash provided by changes in the levels of operating assets
and liabilities. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $4.7 million, which includes cash used to fund a net loss of
$5.1  million,  reduced  by  $0.4  million  of  non-cash  expenses,  plus  less  than  $0.1  million  of  net  cash  used  in  changes  in  the  levels  of  operating  assets  and
liabilities.

Net cash used in investing activities was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was attributable to purchases of

property and equipment.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $27.6 million, which was primarily attributable to $24.8 million
of net proceeds from the sale of common stock in our initial public offering and $2.8 million of net proceeds from the sale of common stock in our follow-on
public offering. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $6.6 million, which was primarily attributable to $6.4
million of proceeds from the sale of Series B convertible preferred stock and $0.4 million of proceeds from the sale of a warrant, reduced by offering costs of
$0.2 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on
financial conditions, changes in financial conditions, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is
material to stockholders.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our critical accounting policies are included in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our financial statements included within this

Annual Report.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Our recently issued accounting standards are included in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our financial statements included

within this Annual Report.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Smaller reporting companies such as us are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See the financial statements included at the end of this report beginning on page F-1.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the
participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act).  Based  on  the  foregoing  evaluation,  our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at
the reasonable assurance level.

 Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a
process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external
purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that:  (i)  pertain  to  the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our  management  and  directors;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the Internal Control-Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 Framework). Based on this evaluation
under the 2013 Framework, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of December 31, 2018.

As previously reported, we identified the following material weaknesses in internal control as of December 31, 2017:

1. We had insufficient segregation of duties in our finance and accounting function because of our limited personnel.

2. We  did  not  properly  identify  all  related  party  relationships  and  transactions  so  that  they  could  be  evaluated  for  disclosure  in  our  public

filings.

3. The terms of certain agreements entered into by us were not properly communicated to the Board of Directors in order for the Board to take

the appropriate actions.

4. We did not adequately record research and development expenses in our internal books and records to permit timely and accurate financial

reporting.

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  within  the  meaning  of  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board
(“PCAOB”) Auditing Standard AS 2201, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of
the Company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We implemented our remediation plan for the material weaknesses identified above and, among other things, (a) increased the oversight and review
procedures  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  its  Audit  Committee  with  regard  to  financial  reporting,  financial  processes  and  procedures  and  internal  control
procedures and (b) hired additional finance and accounting personnel, including a Chief Financial Officer (hired December 2017), who assisted in the process
of remediating our material weaknesses. In April 2018, the Board of Directors also adopted a related party transaction policy. In July 2018, we implemented
an  enhanced  chart  of  accounts  designed  to  facilitate  the  timely  and  accurate  financial  reporting  of  research  and  development  expenses.  In  September  and
October 2018, we implemented additional controls, including regarding disclosure procedures. The implementation and continued operation of these remedial
controls lead management to conclude that, as of December 31, 2018, we have fully remediated our material weaknesses in internal control over financial
reporting at a reasonable level of assurance.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2018 that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, except as noted above as it relates to our successful remediation of
material weaknesses in internal controls.

Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to an exemption

established by the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

None.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

PART III

Information  required  by  this  Item  concerning  our  directors  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  sections  captioned  “Election  of  Directors”  and
“Corporate Governance Matters” contained in our proxy statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June
11, 2019, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  concerning  our  Audit  Committee  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  section  captioned  “Corporate

Governance Matters—Board Committees—Audit Committee” contained in our proxy statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  relating  to  the  conduct  of  our  business  by  all  of  our  employees,  executive  officers,  and

directors. The policy is posted on our website, www.eyenoviabio.com.

The information required by this Item concerning our executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The information required by this Item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from the section

of the proxy statement captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the sections captioned “Executive Compensation,” and

“Director Compensation” in the proxy statement.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2018  about  our  common  stock  that  may  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  options,

warrants and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans (including individual arrangements):

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total

Number of securities
to be issued upon 
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and
rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights   

Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in column (a)) 

1,824,869    $
395,999     
-     
2,220,868    $

2.33     
6.15     
-     
3.01     

12,833 
333,836 
- 
346,669 

The  other  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  under  the  section  captioned  “Security  Ownership  of

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the proxy statement.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  under  the  section  captioned  “Certain  Relationships  and

Related-Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in the proxy statement.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Audit Committee Report” in the

proxy statement.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) List of documents filed as part of this report:

1. Financial Statements:

PART IV

The financial statements of the Company and the related reports of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm thereon have
been filed under Item 8 hereof.

2. Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

3. Exhibit Index

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.1.1

3.2

10.1

10.2*

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated)

  Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and

Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Amended and Restated Bylaws

8-K

8-K

8-K

001-38365

  3.1

January 29, 2018

001-38365

  3.1.1

June 14, 2018

001-38365

  3.1

  March 12, 2018

  Exclusive License Agreement, dated March 18, 2015,

  S-1

333-222162

  10.1

  December 19, 2017

between Eyenovia, Inc. and Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.  

  Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6,
2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Tsontcho Ianchulev

  S-1

333-222162

  10.2

  December 19, 2017

10.2.1*

  Correction Letter, dated November 8, 2017, between

  S-1

333-222162

  10.9

  December 19, 2017

Eyenovia, Inc. and Tsontcho Ianchulev

10.3*

  Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6,

  S-1

333-222162

  10.3

  December 19, 2017

2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Luke Clauson

10.4*

  Engagement Letter and Offer of Employment, dated July 6,

  S-1

333-222162

  10.4

  December 19, 2017

2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Jennifer G. Clasby

10.5*

  Engagement Letter for Professional Services, dated July 6,

  S-1

333-222162

  10.5

  December 19, 2017

2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Curt LaBelle

10.6

  Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated
September 27, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and investors
party thereto

  S-1

333-222162

  10.6

  December 19, 2017

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
10.7

10.8

10.9*

  Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale
Agreement, dated September 27, 2017, between Eyenovia,
Inc. and investors party thereto

  Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated September
27, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and investors party thereto

  Master Consulting Services Agreement, dated November 4,
2014, between Eyenovia, Inc. and Private Medical Equity,
Inc.

  S-1

333-222162

  10.7

  December 19, 2017

  S-1

333-222162

  10.8

  December 19, 2017

  S-1

333-222162

  10.10

  December 19, 2017

10.10*

  Engagement Letter for Professional Services, dated

  S-1/A

  333-222162

  10.12

  January 9, 2018

December 18, 2017, between Eyenovia, Inc. and John
Gandolfo

10.11

10.12

10.13

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

  Eyenovia, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

8-K

001-38365

  10.13

June 14, 2018

  Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Award Agreement

8-K

001-38365

  10.14

June 14, 2018

  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement

8-K

001-38365

  10.15

June 14, 2018

  Consent of Marcum LLP

  Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T:
(i) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017; (ii)
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,
2018 and 2017; (iii) Statements of Changes in Stockholders’
Equity for the Years Ended December 31 2018 and 2017; (iv)
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
2018 and 2017; and (v) Notes to Financial Statements

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

  Filed herewith

*Management contract or other compensatory plan.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 27, 2019

EYENOVIA, INC.

By:

/s/Tsontcho Ianchulev
Tsontcho Ianchulev
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant

and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
Tsontcho Ianchulev

/s/ John Gandolfo
John Gandolfo

/s/ Fredric N. Eshelman
Fredric N. Eshelman

/s/ Curt H. LaBelle
Curt H. LaBelle

/s/ Kenneth B. Lee, Jr.
Kenneth B. Lee, Jr.

/s/ Ernest Mario
Ernest Mario

/s/ Charles E. Mather IV
Charles E. Mather IV

/s/ Anthony Y. Sun
Anthony Y. Sun

/s/ Shuhei Yoshida
Shuhei Yoshida

Title

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

Chairman of the Board and Director

March 27, 2019

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

73

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

March 27, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Notes to Financial Statements

F-1

Page
Number

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Eyenovia, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  Eyenovia,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  and  the  related  statements  of
operations,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  two  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2018,  and  the  related  notes
(collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's  financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB")
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor
were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of
internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, NY
March 27, 2019

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

Balance Sheets

Assets

Current Assets:
Cash
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total Current Assets

Property and equipment, net
Deferred offering costs
Security deposit

Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Deferred rent

Total Liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

December 31,

2018

2017

  $

19,728,200    $
132,756     
19,860,956     

5,249,511 
37,149 
5,286,660 

36,738     
-     
117,800     

27,960 
328,700 
- 

  $

20,015,494    $

5,643,320 

  $

1,509,524    $
912,104     
677,213     

246,384 
- 
306,263 

3,098,841     

552,647 

41,584     

- 

3,140,425     

552,647 

Stockholders' Equity:

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized;

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 0 and 20,000,000 shares designated as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,

respectively, 0 and 2,932,431 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively

Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 0 and 5,714,286 shares designated as of December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively, 0 and 788,827 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,
respectively

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 0 and 10,000,000 shares designated as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,

respectively, 0 and 918,983 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized; 11,468,996 and 2,566,530 shares issued and

outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total Stockholders' Equity

-     

-     

-     

293 

79 

92 

1,147     
53,388,216     
(36,514,294)    

257 
24,351,138 
(19,261,186)

16,875,069     

5,090,673 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

  $

20,015,494    $

5,643,320 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
 
   
     
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
Operating Expenses:

Research and development
General and administrative

Total Operating Expenses

Loss From Operations

Other Income:

Interest income

Net Loss

Net Loss Per Share

- Basic and Diluted

Weighted Average Number of

Common Shares Outstanding
- Basic and Diluted

EYENOVIA, INC.

Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

  $

11,119,096    $
6,137,347     

3,816,732 
1,315,635 

17,256,443     

5,132,367 

(17,256,443)    

(5,132,367)

3,335     

2,380 

  $

(17,253,108)   $

(5,129,987)

  $

(1.82)   $

(2.19)

9,476,706     

2,344,712 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Series A

Convertible Preferred Stock
Series A-2

Series B

Common Stock

Shares

    Amount    

Shares  

  Amount  

Shares  

  Amount  

Shares

    Amount    

    Additional  
Paid-In  
Capital

  Accumulated 
Deficit

Total
  Stockholders' 
Equity

Balance - January 1, 2017

    3,232,294    $

323      788,827 

  $

79.00 

- 

  $

- 

    2,266,667    $

227    $ 17,139,651 

  $ (14,131,199)   $

3,009,081 

Issuance of warrant

-     

-     

Issuance of Series B convertible

preferred stock, net of
issuance costs [1]

Conversion of Series A

convertible preferred stock
into common stock

Stock-based compensation

Net loss

-     

-     

(299,863)    

(30)    

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-     

-     

431,574 

- 

    918,983 

92 

-     

-     

6,367,601 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

299,863     

30     

- 

-     

412,312 

-     

-     

-     

- 

(5,129,987)    

Balance - December 31, 2017     2,932,431     

293      788,827 

79 

    918,983 

92 

    2,566,530     

257      24,351,138 

(19,261,186)    

5,090,673 

Conversion of convertible

preferred stock into common
stock upon  completion of
initial public offering

Issuance of common stock in
initial  public offering [2]

Issuance of common stock in

  follow-on public offering [3]   

Exercise of warrants on a
cashless basis

Exercise of stock options

Stock-based compensation

Net loss

Balance - December 31, 2018    

    (2,932,431)    

(293)     (788,827)    

(79)     (918,983)    

(92)     4,702,116     

470     

(6)    

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-    $

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

  $

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

    2,730,000     

273      24,547,530 

- 

    1,380,000     

138     

2,817,611 

61,385     

28,965     

6     

3     

(6)    

56,479 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-     

1,615,470 

-     

-     

-     

- 

(17,253,108)    

(17,253,108)

- 

  $

- 

    11,468,996    $

1,147    $ 53,388,216 

  $ (36,514,294)   $ 16,875,069 

- 

- 

- 

- 

431,574 

6,367,693 

- 

412,312 
- 
(5,129,987)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

24,547,803 

2,817,749 

- 

56,482 

1,615,470 

[1] Includes gross proceeds of $6,409,651, less issuance costs of $41,958.
[2] Includes gross proceeds of $27,300,000, less total issuance costs of $2,752,197.
[3] Includes gross proceeds of $3,381,000, less total issuance costs of $563,251.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Security deposit
Deferred rent

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

  $

(17,253,108)   $

(5,129,987)

19,129     
1,615,470     

(95,607)    
1,263,140     
912,104     
503,950     
(117,800)    
41,584     

25,466 
412,312 

(34,814)
(55,647)

51,560 
- 
- 

Net Cash Used In Operating Activities

(13,111,138)    

(4,731,110)

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

Purchases of property and equipment

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

Proceeds from sale of common stock in initial public offering [1]
Payment of initial public offering issuance costs
Proceeds from sale of common stock in follow-on public offering [2]
Payment of follow-on public offering issuance costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Proceeds from sale of warrant
Proceeds from advances related to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Payment of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issuance costs

Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities

Net Increase in Cash

Cash - Beginning of Period

Cash - End of Period

(27,907)    

(10,234)

(27,907)    

(10,234)

25,089,000     
(345,497)    
3,084,330     
(266,581)    
56,482     
-     
-     
-     

- 
(195,700)
- 
- 
- 
431,574 
6,409,651 
(41,958)

27,617,734     

6,603,567 

14,478,689     

1,862,223 

5,249,511     

3,387,288 

  $

19,728,200    $

5,249,511 

[1] Includes gross proceeds of $27,300,000, less issuance costs of $2,211,000 deducted directly from the offering proceeds.
[2] Includes gross proceeds of $3,381,000, less issuance costs of $296,670 deducted directly from the offering proceeds.

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock
Exercise of warrants on a cashless basis
Accrual of deferred offering costs
Reversal of previously accrued initial public offering issuance costs
Reclassification to additional paid-in capital for initial public offering issuance costs that were previously paid

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

470    $
6    $
-    $
(133,000)   $
(195,700)   $

30 
- 
133,000 
- 
- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations

Eyenovia, Inc. (“Eyenovia” or the “Company”) was organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Florida on March 12, 2014 under the name, PGP
Holdings V, Inc. On May 5, 2014, PGP Holdings V, Inc. changed its name to Eyenovia, Inc. On October 6, 2014, Eyenovia, Inc. reincorporated in the State of
Delaware by merging into Eyenovia, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Eyenovia is a clinical stage ophthalmic biopharmaceutical company developing a pipeline of microdose therapeutics utilizing its patented piezo-print delivery
technology,  branded  the  OptejetTM.  Eyenovia  aims  to  achieve  clinical  microdosing  of  next-generation  formulations  of  well-established  ophthalmic
pharmaceutical  agents  using  its  high-precision  targeted  ocular  delivery  system,  which  has  the  potential  to  replace  conventional  eyedropper  delivery  and
improve safety, tolerability, patient compliance and topical delivery success for ophthalmic eye treatments. In the clinic, Optejet has demonstrated up to a
75%  reduction  in  ocular  drug  and  preservative  exposure,  with  successful  topical  delivery  that  generally  exceeded  the  efficacy  of  traditional  eyedrop
administration.  Using  its  proprietary  delivery  technology,  Eyenovia  is  developing  the  next  generation  of  smart  ophthalmic  therapies  while  targeting  new
indications  for  which  there  are  currently  no  drug  therapies  approved  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (the  “FDA”).  Eyenovia’s  microdose
therapeutics follow the FDA-designated pharmaceutical registration and regulatory process. Its products are not classified by the FDA as medical devices or
drug-device combination products.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Liquidity and Financial Condition

The Company has not yet generated revenues or achieved profitability and expects to continue to incur cash outflows from operations. It is expected that its
research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, the Company will eventually need to generate
significant product revenues to achieve profitability.

On January 29, 2018, the Company raised aggregate net proceeds of approximately $24.5 million in its initial public offering (“IPO”).

On December 21, 2018, the Company raised aggregate net proceeds of approximately $2.8 million in its follow-on public offering.

See Note 9 – Stockholders’ Equity – Public Offerings for additional details.

The Company believes its current cash on hand is sufficient to meet its operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date
these financial statements are issued. Thereafter, the Company may need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities or
otherwise, to support its future operations. The Company’s operating needs include the planned costs to operate its business, including amounts required to
fund  working  capital  and  capital  expenditures.  The  Company’s  future  capital  requirements  and  the  adequacy  of  its  available  funds  will  depend  on  many
factors, including the Company’s ability to successfully commercialize its products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the
need  to  enter  into  collaborations  with  other  companies  or  acquire  other  companies  or  technologies  to  enhance  or  complement  our  product  and  service
offerings.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  secure  additional  capital,  it  may  be  required  to  curtail  its  research  and  development  initiatives  and  take  additional
measures to reduce costs in order to conserve its cash.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Use of Estimates

Preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  (“U.S.  GAAP”)  requires
management  to  make  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements  and  the  amounts  disclosed  in  the
related notes to the financial statements. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it
believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The amounts of assets and liabilities reported in the Company’s balance sheets and the amounts of expenses
reported for each of the periods presented are affected by estimates and assumptions, which are used for, but not limited to, fair value calculations for equity
securities, establishment of valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, stock-based compensation, the recoverability and useful lives of long-lived assets and
the  recovery  of  deferred  costs.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  estimates  could  be  affected  by  external  conditions,  including  those  unique  to  the  Company  and
general economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that actual results could differ from those estimates.

See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation for additional discussion of the use of estimates in estimating the
fair value of the Company’s common stock.

Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in the financial statements. As
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no cash equivalents.

The  Company  has  cash  deposits  in  several  financial  institutions  which,  at  times,  may  be  in  excess  of  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (“FDIC”)
insurance limits. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of its financial institutions. As of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had cash balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits of $19,478,200 and $4,999,511, respectively.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation,  which  is  recorded  commencing  at  the  in-service  date  using  the  straight-line
method at rates sufficient to charge the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives, which range from 2 to 5 years. Leasehold
improvements  are  amortized  over  the  lesser  of  (a)  the  useful  life  of  the  asset;  or  (b)  the  remaining  lease  term.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to
operations as incurred. The Company capitalizes costs attributable to the betterment of property and equipment when such betterment extends the useful life
of the assets.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
might not be recoverable. An impairment would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual
disposition are less than its carrying amount. The Company did not record any impairment losses during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred  offering  costs,  which  primarily  consist  of  direct,  incremental  professional  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  IPO  as  well  as  other
private  equity  offerings  are  capitalized  as  non-current  assets  on  the  balance  sheet.  Upon  the  closing  of  the  offering,  the  deferred  offering  costs  are  offset
against the offering proceeds.

Preferred Stock

The Company applies the accounting standards for distinguishing liabilities from equity when determining the classification and measurement of its preferred
stock.  Preferred  shares  subject  to  mandatory  redemption  are  classified  as  liability  instruments  and  are  measured  at  fair  value.  Conditionally  redeemable
preferred shares (including preferred shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the
occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, preferred shares are classified
as stockholders’ equity.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Continued

Convertible Instruments

The Company evaluates its convertible instruments to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivative financial
instruments to be separately accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”).  The  accounting  treatment  of  derivative  financial  instruments  requires  that  the  Company  record  embedded
conversion  options  and  any  related  freestanding  instruments  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the  inception  date  of  the  agreement  and  at  fair  value  as  of  each
subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-operating, non-cash income or expense for each reporting period at each balance
sheet date. The Company reassesses the classification of its derivative instruments at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events
during  the  period,  the  contract  is  reclassified  as  of  the  date  of  the  event  that  caused  the  reclassification.  Embedded  conversion  options  and  any  related
freestanding instruments are recorded as a discount to the host instrument.

If the instrument is determined to be a derivative liability, the Company then evaluates for the existence of a beneficial conversion feature by comparing the
market price of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date to the effective conversion price of the instrument.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair
value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 — quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable; and

Level 3 — inputs that are unobservable (for example, cash flow modeling inputs based on assumptions).

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, such as cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair
values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Income Taxes

The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  items  that  have  been  included  or  excluded  in  the
financial  statements  or  tax  returns.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  on  the  basis  of  the  difference  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and
liabilities  and  their  respective  financial  reporting  amounts  (“temporary  differences”)  at  enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  years  in  which  the  temporary
differences are expected to reverse.

The  Company  utilizes  a  recognition  threshold  and  measurement  process  for  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or
expected to be taken in a tax return.

Management has evaluated and concluded that there were no material uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits within twelve months of the reporting
date.

The Company’s policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax-related interest as interest expense and penalties as general and administrative expenses in the
statements of operations.  The Company did not recognize any such penalties or interest during 2017 and 2018.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Research and Development

Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred. The Company records prepaid expenses on its balance sheet for the payment of
research and development expenses in advance of services being provided.

Stock-Based Compensation

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  obtained  a  third-party  409A  valuation  of  its  common  stock,  which  was  also  considered  in
management’s  estimation  of  the  value  of  the  equity  instruments  issued  during  that  period.  This  third-party  valuation  was  done  in  accordance  with  the
guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity
Securities Issued as Compensation. The estimates used by management are considered highly complex and subjective. During the year ended December 31,
2018, the Company used the prices quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market to determine the fair value of its common stock.

The Company measures the cost of services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award. For employees, the
fair value of the award is measured on the grant date and for non-employees, the fair value of the award is generally re-measured on vesting dates and interim
financial reporting dates until the service period is complete. The fair value amount is then recognized over the period during which services are required to
be provided in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period. Awards granted to directors are treated on the same basis as awards granted to employees.
Upon the exercise of an option, the Company issues new shares of common stock out of its authorized shares.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
loss  per  share  reflects  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur  if  securities  or  other  instruments  to  issue  common  stock  were  exercised  or  converted  into
common stock.

The following securities are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common shares because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

Options
Restricted Stock Units
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Warrant
Total potentially dilutive shares

Subsequent Events

December 31,

2018
2,220,868     
20,165     
-     
-     
-     
-     
2,241,033     

2017
1,684,416 
- 
2,932,431 
788,827 
918,983 
61,875 
6,386,532 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date which the financial statements were issued. Based upon the evaluation, the Company did not
identify  any  recognized  or  non-recognized  subsequent  events  that  would  have  required  adjustment  or  disclosure  in  the  financial  statements,  except  as
disclosed.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 requires that a
lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make
lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12
months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In
transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective
approach.  This  amendment  will  be  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  The
FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10 “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” and ASU No. 2018-11 “Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements” in
July  2018,  and  ASU  No.  2018-20  “Leases  (Topic  842)  -  Narrow  Scope  Improvements  for  Lessors”  in  December  2018.  ASU  2018-10  and  ASU  2018-20
provide certain amendments that affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-02. ASU 2018-11 allows all entities adopting ASU 2016-02 to
choose an additional (and optional) transition method of adoption, under which an entity initially applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and
recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating ASU
2016-02 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” (“ASU
2016-15”). The new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash
flows. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The new standard requires adoption on a retrospective basis unless it
is  impracticable  to  apply,  in  which  case  the  Company  would  be  required  to  apply  the  amendments  prospectively  as  of  the  earliest  date  practicable.  The
Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In  July  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2017-11,  “Earnings  Per  Share  (Topic  260)  and  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815)-  Accounting  for  Certain
Financial Instruments with Down Round Features” (“ASU 2017-11”). Equity-linked instruments, such as warrants and convertible instruments may contain
down round features that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Under ASU 2017-11, a down round
feature will no longer require a freestanding equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) to be classified as a liability that is remeasured at fair
value through the income statement (i.e. marked-to-market). However, other features of the equity-linked instrument (or embedded conversion option) must
still be evaluated to determine whether liability or equity classification is appropriate. Equity classified instruments are not marked-to-market. For earnings
per  share  ("EPS")  reporting,  the  ASU  requires  companies  to  recognize  the  effect  of  the  down  round  feature  only  when  it  is  triggered  by  treating  it  as  a
dividend and as a reduction of income available to common shareholders in basic EPS. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period.
The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-11 will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-07,  “Compensation  —  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718),”  (“ASU  2018-07”).  ASU  2018-07  is  intended  to
reduce  cost  and  complexity  of  financial  reporting  for  non-employee  share-based  payments.  Currently,  the  accounting  requirements  for  non-employee  and
employee  share-based  payments  are  significantly  different.  ASU  2018-07  expands  the  scope  of  Topic  718,  which  currently  only  includes  share-based
payments to employees, to include share-based payments to non-employees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to
non-employees and employees will be substantially aligned. This ASU supersedes Subtopic 505-50, “Equity — Equity-Based Payments to Nonemployees.”
The amendments to ASU 2018 - 07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than a company’s adoption date of ASU No. 2014-09, (Topic 606), “Revenue from Contracts
with Customers.” The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2018-07 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements – Continued

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-13,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework—Changes  to  the  Disclosure
Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement”  (“ASU  2018-13”).  The  amendments  in  ASU  2018-13  modify  the  disclosure  requirements  on  fair  value
measurements  based  on  the  concepts  in  the  FASB  Concepts  Statement,  including  the  consideration  of  costs  and  benefits.  The  amendments  on  changes  in
unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value  measurements,  and  the
narrative description of measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial
fiscal  year  of  adoption.  All  other  amendments  should  be  applied  retrospectively  to  all  periods  presented  upon  their  effective  date.  The  amendments  are
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently
evaluating ASU 2018-13 and its impact on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting” (“ASU 2017-09”).
ASU  2017-09  provides  clarity  on  the  accounting  for  modifications  of  stock-based  awards.  ASU  2017-09  requires  adoption  on  a  prospective  basis  in  the
annual and interim periods for our fiscal year ending after December 15, 2017 for share-based payment awards modified on or after the adoption date. The
Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.

Note 3 – Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

Prepaid rent and security deposit
Prepaid insurance expenses
Prepaid patent expenses
Prepaid conference expenses
Prepaid research and development expenses
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

Note 4 – Property and Equipment, Net

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, property and equipment consisted of the following:

Equipment
Leasehold improvements

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2018

2017

75,729    $
39,465     
10,562     
7,000     
-     
132,756    $

- 
384 
7,833 
- 
28,932 
37,149 

December 31,

2018

2017

62,886    $
40,000     
102,886     
(66,148)    
36,738    $

34,979 
40,000 
74,979 
(47,019)
27,960 

  $

  $

  $

  $

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was  $19,129  and  $25,466  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively,  of  which  $17,966  and
$25,466 was included within research and development expenses and $1,163 and $0 was included in general and administrative expenses in the statements of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 5 – Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

Accrued research and development expenses
Accrued legal expenses
Accrued professional services
Other
Credit card payable
Accrued offering costs
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Note 6 – Accrued Compensation

December 31,

2018

2017

375,204     
168,650     
111,728     
12,165     
9,466     
-     
677,213    $

120,455 
- 
41,831 
1,134 
9,843 
133,000 
306,263 

  $

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

Accrued bonus expenses
Accrued payroll expenses
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Note 7 – Income Taxes

The income tax (provision) benefit consists of the following:

Federal:

Current
Deferred
State and local:

Current
Deferred

Change in valuation allowance
Income tax (provision) benefit

December 31,

2018

2017

  $

  $

694,490    $
217,614     
912,104    $

- 
- 
- 

For The Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

  $

-    $
3,516,722     

- 
235,473 

-     
47,238     
3,563,960     
(3,563,960)    
-    $

- 
80,301 
315,774 
(315,774)
- 

  $

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

Tax benefit at federal statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Permanent differences
Research and development credits
Prior period adjustments and other
Effect of tax rate changes
Change in valuation allowance
Effective income tax rate

For The Years Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

21.0%    
0.3%    
(0.8)%   
2.8%    
(2.6)%   
0.0%    
(20.7)%   
0.0%    

34.0%
4.0%
0.0%
6.3%
(8.1)%
(30.0)%
(6.2)%
0.0%

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 7 – Income Taxes - Continued

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Stock-based compensation
Research & development tax credits
Property & equipment
Intangible assets
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

Changes in valuation allowance

December 31,

2018

2017

  $

  $

5,453,854    $
616,207     
1,008,443     
2,486     
310,230     
7,391,220     
(7,391,220)    
-    $

2,588,641 
347,977 
526,134 
- 
364,508 
3,827,260 
(3,827,260)
- 

  $ (3,563,960)   $

(315,774)

The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent that realization is not likely, a valuation allowance is established.
Based upon the Company’s history of losses since inception, management believes that it is more likely than not that future benefits of deferred tax assets will
not be realized.

At December 31, 2018, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25.6 million, of which, $14.8 million
will never expire and $10.8 million will expire at various dates from 2034 to 2038. At December 31, 2018, the Company estimates that it has
approximately $500,000 of New York State net operating losses that may be available to offset future taxable income. In accordance with Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code, the usage of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards could become subject to annual limitations if there are greater than 50%
ownership changes.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, the State of New York and the State of Florida (where the
Company filed its final return in 2015), which remain subject to examination by the various taxing authorities beginning with the
tax year ended December 31, 2015.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") was enacted in December 2017. Among other things, the primary provision of Tax Reform impacting the Company is
the reduction to the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. The change in tax law required the Company to remeasure existing net deferred tax
assets  using  the  lower  rate  in  the  period  of  enactment  resulting  in  an  income  tax  expense  of  approximately  $1.5  million  which  is  fully  offset  by  the
corresponding tax benefit of $1.5 million from the reduction in the valuation allowance in the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no specific impacts
of Tax Reform that could not be reasonably estimated which the Company accounted for under the prior tax law.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 8 – Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

On August 8, 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement to lease approximately 3,800 square feet of office space in New York, NY. The monthly base
rent ranges from $19,633 to $22,486 per month over the term of the lease for a total base rent lease commitment of approximately $1,236,000. The lease
expires on September 30, 2023. The security deposit is approximately $118,000.

Future minimum payments under this operating lease agreement are as follows as:

For the Year Ending
December 31,
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

  Minimum Lease Payments 
238,300 
  $
244,853 
251,586 
258,505 
198,157 
1,191,401 

  $

See Note 8 – Related Party Transactions – Lease Agreements for details of a lease agreement with a related party.

Litigations, Claims and Assessments

In the normal course of business, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. The
Company records legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred and accrues for all probable and estimable settlements.

The Company, its Chief Executive Officer and members of its Board of Directors were named as defendants in a legal proceeding filed in the United States
District  Court  for  the  District  of  New  Jersey  on  September  2,  2014  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with  Corinthian
Ophthalmic, Inc. (“Corinthian”). A shareholder of Corinthian alleged a fraudulent transfer and sought to recover the purchase price of its Corinthian shares
and other damages in aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 million. The court conducted a pretrial conference on January 22, 2018 and entered a final
pretrial order on January 23, 2018. On October 29, 2018, the parties entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to which the defendants agreed to pay the
Corinthian  shareholder  $600,000  in  exchange  for  the  release  of  all  related  claims.  While  the  Company  is  indemnified  by  Corinthian  and  Corinthian's
applicable insurance policy provides coverage of $10 million, in an effort to avoid the additional legal costs and other resources required with a trial, the
Company contributed $150,000 of the settlement amount (the remaining $450,000 was paid by Corinthian's insurance carrier), which was paid on October 29,
2018.

Note 9 – Related-Party Transactions

Consulting Agreements

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and another member of its Board of Directors are partners in Private Medical Equity, Inc. (“PME”). The Company
and PME were parties to a consulting agreement dated November 4, 2014 that provided for the payment of $33,200 per month to PME in consulting fees for
general management and strategy services. Any time spent by PME in excess of the specified amount is billed separately. During the year ended December
31,  2017,  the  Company  incurred  approximately  $329,400  related  to  the  agreement,  of  which,  $176,344  was  included  within  research  and  development
expenses  and  $152,656  was  included  within  general  and  administrative  expenses  on  the  statements  of  operations.  On  August  1,  2017,  the  agreement  was
terminated and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer became employed full time by the Company. The Board member now invoices the Company through
a separate consulting agreement dated July 6, 2017 that is discussed below.

A company in which a member of the Company’s Board of Directors is part owner is a party to a consulting agreement with the Company dated July 6, 2017
that  provides  for  the  payment  of  $9,567  per  month,  and  $250  per  hour  for  any  additional  work,  for  advisory  services  performed  by  such  director.  The
Company incurred expenses of $162,929 and $85,835 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to the agreement which was
included within general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 9 – Related Party Transactions - Continued

Lease Agreements

The  Company  paid  $3,000  and  $4,000  per  month  as  of  July  2016  and  January  2018,  respectively,  to  a  company  controlled  by  a  member  of  its  Board  of
Directors for office space in New York, NY for its Chief Executive Officer. The Company left the space on August 31, 2018. The Company’s rent expense for
this space amounted to $32,000 and $36,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to the office space, which was included
within general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations.

The Company’s Vice President of Research and Development and Manufacturing (“VP of R&D”) owns a company that entered into a lease agreement with
the Company on September 15, 2016 to lease 953 square feet of space located in Reno, Nevada with respect to its research and development activities. The
initial  monthly  base  rent  was  $3,895  per  month  over  the  term  of  the  lease  and  the  security  deposit  was  $3,895.  On  September  15,  2018,  the  Company
amended the lease agreement to extend it until September 14, 2020 and increase the monthly base rent and security deposit to $4,012. The Company made
$40,000 of leasehold improvements related to this lease which are included on the balance sheet. The Company’s rent expense for this space amounted to
$47,270 and $45,678 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Research and Development Activities

On July 6, 2017, the Company entered into an engagement letter with its VP of R&D. Pursuant to the terms of the engagement letter, starting on August 1,
2017, the VP of R&D was to provide service to the Company as a non-employee on a part-time basis in exchange for $9,167 per month and $175 per hour for
any additional work. On July 7, 2017, the VP of R&D was granted options to purchase 100,264 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.95 per
share, the fair value as of that date, that vest in equal monthly installments over 36 months starting from the date of grant. The options had a grant date fair
value of $173,900. On August 16, 2017, the VP of R&D changed from a non-employee to an employee of the Company, but remained employed on a part-
time basis at the same compensation rate. During 2018, the VP of R&D’s salary was increased to $165,000 per year in connection with the increase from two
(2) to three (3) days of work per week. The Company recognized $182,275 and $27,500 of compensation expense related to the VP of R&D’s salary during
the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The  VP  of  R&D  is  the  sole  owner  and  President  of  a  company  that  performs  contract  engineering  services  for  the  Company.  During  the  years  ended
December  31,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  recognized  research  and  development  expense  of  $863,555  and  $1,155,000,  respectively,  related  to  services
provided by such vendor. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a liability of $100,667 and $94,998, respectively, to the vendor and a liability
of $0 and $9,906, respectively, related to expenses incurred by the VP of R&D.

During 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with Senju Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“Senju”) whereby the Company agreed to grant to Senju
an  exclusive,  royalty-bearing  license  for  its  micro-dose  product  candidates  for  Asia  to  sublicense,  develop,  make,  have  made,  manufacture,  use,  import,
market, sell, and otherwise distribute the micro-dose product candidates. In consideration for the license, Senju agreed to pay to Eyenovia five percent (5%)
royalties for the term of the license agreement. The agreement shall continue in full force and effect, on a country-by-country basis, until the latest to occur of:
(i) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the first commercial sale of a micro-dose product candidate in Asia; or (ii) the expiration of the licensed patents. As of the
date of this filing, there had been no commercial sales of a micro-dose product candidate in Asia, so no royalties had been earned. Senju is owned by the
family of a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and both beneficially own greater than 5% of the Company’s common stock.

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity

Reverse Stock Split

Effective  January  8,  2018,  pursuant  to  authority  granted  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company,  the  Company  implemented  a  1-for-3.75  reverse  split  of  the
Company’s issued and outstanding common stock and preferred stock (the “Reverse Split”). The number of authorized shares remained unchanged. All share
and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Reverse Split for all periods presented, unless otherwise indicated.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity - Continued

Authorized Capital

The Company is authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and 6,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
of $0.0001  per  share.  The  holders  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  are  entitled  to  one  vote  per  share.  The  Board  of  Directors  is  empowered,  without
stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights.

Equity Incentive Plans

On  January  5,  2018,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  and  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  Company’s  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“2014
Plan”) to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized under the 2014 Plan from 1,733,333 shares to 1,866,667 shares. As of December 31,
2018, there were 12,833 shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan.

On March 6, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“2018 Plan”), subject to stockholder approval. The
2018  Plan  provides  for  the  issuance  of  incentive  stock  options,  nonstatutory  stock  options,  rights  to  purchase  common  stock,  stock  appreciation  rights,
restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates. The 2018 Plan was approved by
Company  stockholders  at  its  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  on  June  11,  2018.  The  2018  Plan  terminates  on  June  11,  2028.  The  2018  Plan  requires  the
exercise price of stock options to be greater than or equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. There are 750,000 shares of
common stock authorized under the 2018 Plan. As of December 31, 2018, there were 333,836 shares available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan.

Public Offerings

On January 29, 2018, the Company consummated its IPO of 2,730,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $10.00 per share, generating $27.3
million and $24.5 million in gross and net proceeds, respectively. Underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering expenses were approximately $2.8
million, which were recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

On December 21, 2018, the Company consummated a follow-on public offering of 1,380,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $2.45 per
share,  generating  $3.4  million  and  $2.8  million  in  gross  and  net  proceeds,  respectively.  Underwriting  discounts,  commissions  and  other  offering  expenses
were approximately $0.6 million, which were recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

Series A and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock

On  July  6,  2017,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted,  and  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved,  the  Second  Amendment  to  the  Company’s
Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, in the event that any holder of shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock  or  Series  A-2  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (collectively,  the  “Series  A/A-2  Preferred  Stock”)  did  not  participate  in  a  subsequent  private
financing (as defined in the Second Amendment) by purchasing in the aggregate, in such subsequent financing, at least 75% of such holder’s pro rata amount,
then  each  share  of  Series  A/A-2  Preferred  Stock  held  by  such  holder  would  automatically  be  converted  into  common  stock  concurrently  with  the
consummation of such subsequent financing. Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”

On  September  27,  2017,  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  holders  of  an  aggregate  of  299,863  shares  of  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  did  not  participate  in  such  financing  by  purchasing  at  least  75%  of  such  holder’s  pro  rata  amount.  As  a  result,  the  Special
Mandatory  Conversion  of  the  Series  A/A-2  Preferred  Stock  was  triggered  and,  accordingly,  such  shares  of  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  stock  were
automatically converted into an aggregate of 299,863 shares of common stock.

The preferred stock did not contain a redemption provision and an overall analysis of its features performed by the Company determined that it was more akin
to equity and, therefore, it has been classified within stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet. While the embedded conversion option (“ECO”) was subject
to an anti-dilution price adjustment, since the ECO was clearly and closely related to the equity host, it was not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as
a derivative liability under ASC 815. The Company determined that the preferred stock did not contain a beneficial conversion feature because the conversion
price exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity – Continued

Series A and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock – Continued

The Series A and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-
one basis. In the event of any issuances by the Company for less than the in-force conversion price, the preferred stock conversion price would be reduced on
a weighted average basis. Each share of preferred stock was automatically convertible into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price:
(i)  immediately  prior  to  the  closing  of  a  firm  commitment  underwritten  initial  public  offering  provided  that  (A)  the  aggregate  offering  price,  net  of
underwriters’  discounts  and  expenses,  was  at  least  $2.00  per  share  of  common  stock  and  (B)  the  aggregate  proceeds  of  such  offering  were  not  less  than
$20,000,000; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock. All of
the Series A and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock converted immediately prior to the Company’s IPO. See Note 9 – Stockholders’ Equity – Conversion
of Preferred Stock for additional details.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company sold an aggregate of 918,983 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to investors at a
price of $6.98 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $6,409,651. The Company incurred $41,958 of legal costs in connection with the sale, such that the
aggregate net proceeds from the sale were $6,367,693.

On November 9, 2017, the Board adopted resolutions ratifying each of the issuances of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which were then approved by
the Company’s shareholders. On November 13, 2017, the Company filed a certificate of validation with the Delaware Secretary of State in respect of such
ratifications, such that, as of that date, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject
to certain adjustments. In the event of any issuances by the Company for less than the in-force conversion price, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
conversion price would be reduced on a weighted average basis. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was automatically convertible into shares
of  common  stock  at  the  then  effective  conversion  price:  (i)  immediately  prior  to  the  closing  of  a  firm  commitment  underwritten  initial  public  offering
provided that (A) the aggregate offering price, net of underwriters' discounts and expenses, is at least $2.00 per share of common stock and (B) the aggregate
proceeds of such offering are not less than $20,000,000; or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then
outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock.  All  of  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  converted  immediately  prior  to  the  Company’s  IPO.  See  Note  9  –
Stockholders’ Equity – Conversion of Preferred Stock for additional details.

The Series B Convertible Preferred did not contain a redemption provision and an overall analysis of its features performed by the Company determined that
it  was  more  akin  to  equity  and  therefore,  has  been  classified  within  stockholders’  equity  on  the  balance  sheet.  While  the  embedded  conversion  option
(“ECO”) was subject to an anti-dilution price adjustment, since the ECO was clearly and closely related to the equity host, it was not required to be bifurcated
and  accounted  for  as  a  derivative  liability  under  ASC  815.  The  Company  determined  that  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  did  not  contain  a  beneficial
conversion feature, since the conversion price exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the commitment date.

Conversion of Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO on January 29, 2018, all outstanding shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into an aggregate of
4,702,116 shares of the Company’s common stock.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and RSUs. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company
recorded  expense  of  $1,615,470  and  $412,312,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  there  was  $3,730,911  of  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation
expense (of which $396,924 related to non-employee grants, which are subject to fair value adjustments), which the Company expects to recognize over a
weighted average period of 2.2 years.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity – Continued

Restricted Stock Units

On July 24, 2018, the Company granted an aggregate of 20,165 RSUs to its directors under the 2018 Plan. The grants vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year
anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the date of the 2019 annual stockholders meeting, subject to the grantee remaining on the Board until then. The RSUs
had a grant date fair value of $125,000, which will be recognized over the vesting period.

Stock Options

On July 7, 2017, the Company granted ten-year stock options to purchase an aggregate of 897,747 shares of common stock to its employees and consultants
under the 2014 Plan. Of the 897,747 shares, (i) 100,002 vest monthly over 12 months beginning on the one-month anniversary of the date of grant, subject to
continued service to the Company, (ii) 797,745 shares vest monthly over 36 months beginning on the one-month anniversary of the date of grant, subject to
continued service to the Company. The stock options have an exercise price of $1.95 per share. The stock options had an aggregate grant date fair value of
$1,585,700, which the Company expects to recognize over the vesting period.

On  April  16,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  ten-year  stock  options  to  purchase  175,668  shares  of
common  stock  to  Company  employees  and  consultants  under  the  2014  Plan.  The  stock  options  will  vest  in  equal  monthly  increments  over  36  months
beginning on the one-month anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued service to the Company, and have an exercise price of $8.72 per share,
which was the closing stock price on the date of grant. The stock options had a grant date fair value of $1,412,700, which the Company expects to recognize
over the vesting period.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted ten-year stock options to purchase an aggregate of 395,999 shares of common stock to its
employees,  consultants  and  directors  under  the  2018  Plan.  Of  the  395,999  shares,  (i)  313,674  vest  over  three  years  from  the  date  of  grant  with  one-third
vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 24 months, subject to continued service to the
Company, (ii) 60,000 vest monthly over 36 months beginning on the one-month anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued service to the Company,
and (iii) 22,325 vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the date of the 2019 annual stockholders meeting, subject to continued
service to the Company. The stock options have exercise prices ranging from $5.10 per share to $6.30 per share, which represents the Company’s closing
stock price on the date of grant. The stock options had a grant date value of $2,237,800, which the Company expects to recognize over the vesting period.

In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to stock options granted, the Company used the following approximate assumptions:

Expected term (years)
Risk free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividends

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2018

5.50 - 10.00 
2.69 - 3.24%  
140 -141%  
0.00%  

2017

5.32 - 10.00 
1.95 - 2.39%
130%
0.00%

The Company has computed the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option forfeitures are accounted for at the
time of occurrence. The expected term used for options issued to non-employees is usually the contractual life and the expected term used for options issued
to employees and directors is the estimated period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company utilizes the “simplified” method
to develop an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” employee option grants. The Company does not currently have a sufficient trading history to
support its historical volatility calculations. Accordingly, the Company is utilizing an expected volatility figure based on a review of the historical volatility of
three comparable entities over a period of time equivalent to the expected life of the instrument being valued. The risk-free interest rate was determined from
the implied yields from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term consistent with the expected term of the instrument being valued.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity – Continued

Stock Options – Continued

The weighted average estimated grant date fair value of the stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was approximately $6.39
and $1.77 per share, respectively.

A summary of the option activity during the year ended December 31, 2018 is presented below:

Outstanding January 1, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding December 31, 2018

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

    Weighted    
Average

    Remaining     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Life
In Years

  Number of

Options

1,684,416    $
571,667     
(28,965)    
(6,250)    
2,220,868    $

1.68     
6.94     
1.95     
8.72     
3.01     

8.0    $

2,007,405 

Exercisable December 31, 2018

1,269,295    $

1.80     

7.1    $

1,628,480 

The following table presents information related to stock options as of December 31, 2018:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Exercise
Price

   Weighted
  Outstanding  
   Exercisable  
Average
  Number of   Remaining Life   Number of  
  Options
In Years

   Options

$1.24  
$1.95  
$4.00  
$5.10  
$5.19  
$5.25  
$6.20  
$6.30  
$8.72  

760,001   
868,782   
2,000   
6,000   
16,500   
26,668   
311,499   
60,000   
169,418   
2,220,868   

6.2   
8.5   
-   
-   
-   
7.8   
-   
9.5   
9.3   
7.1   

760,001 
447,754 
- 
- 
- 
14,584 
- 
8,333 
38,623 
1,269,295 

Stock Warrants

On September 27, 2017, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 61,875 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.98 per share to an investor for
cash  consideration  of  $431,574,  which  was  included  within  additional  paid-in  capital  on  the  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2017.  The  warrant  is
exercisable any time through September 27, 2027. The warrant was sold to an investor for the amount of the investment in excess of what was permitted to be
purchased of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 61,875 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.04 per share
were exercised on a cashless basis, which resulted in the issued of an aggregate of 61,385 shares of common stock.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EYENOVIA, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity – Continued

Stock Warrants - Continued

A summary of the warrant activity during the year ended December 31, 2018 is presented below:

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

    Weighted    
Average

    Remaining     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Life
In Years

  Number of
  Warrants

61,875     
-     
(61,875)    
-     
-    $

6.98     
-     
(6.98)    
-     
-     

-    $

-     

-    $

-    $

- 

- 

Outstanding January 1, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding December 31, 2018

Exercisable December 31, 2018

Note 11 – Subsequent Events

Stock Options

On January 2, 2019, stock options to purchase 180,000 and 133,686 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.24 and $1.95 per share, respectively,
were exercised for aggregate proceeds of $483,888.

On February 6, 2019, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 320,001 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.24 per share were exercised on
a cashless basis, which resulted in the issuance of an aggregate of 236,466 shares of common stock.

On February 13, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration and immediate vesting of 124,210 stock options originally granted to
Dr. Ianchulev on July 24, 2018 in connection with his employment.

Employment Agreements

Effective February 15, 2019, the Company entered into at-will executive employment agreements with Tsontcho Ianchulev, its Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Medical Officer, John Gandolfo, its Chief Financial Officer, Jennifer Clasby, its Vice President, Clinical Operations, Luke Clauson, its Vice President,
Research and Development and Manufacturing, and Michael Rowe, its Vice President, Marketing.

Each of the employment agreements provides that if the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or the executive suffers an
“Involuntarily Termination” (each as defined in the employment agreements), provided that the executive has signed a full release of all claims, the executive
will be entitled to receive: (i) severance pay equal to three months of his or her then-current base salary (currently estimated at approximately $419,000 in the
aggregate), and (ii) a reimbursement for health insurance benefits under COBRA for the executive and his or her spouse and dependents for a period of three
months or until the executive becomes eligible for comparable insurance benefits from another employer, whichever is earlier.

Each  of  the  employment  agreements  also  provides  that  if  within  12  months  following  any  “Corporate  Transaction”  (as  defined  in  the  employment
agreements)  of  the  Company,  if  the  executive’s  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  Cause  or  the  executive  suffers  an  Involuntary
Termination, provided that the executive has signed a full release of all claims, the executive will be entitled to receive, in lieu of what is described in the
above  paragraph:  (i)  severance  pay  equal  to  12  months  of  his  or  her  then-current  base  salary  (currently  estimated  at  approximately  $1,677,000  in  the
aggregate), and (ii) a reimbursement for health insurance benefits under COBRA for the executive and his or her spouse and dependents for a period of 12
months or until the executive becomes eligible for comparable insurance benefits from another employer, whichever is earlier.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of Eyenovia, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-229365) and Form S-8 (File No. 333-
227049), of our report dated March 27, 2019, with respect to our audits of the financial statements of Eyenovia, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Eyenovia, Inc. for the year
ended December 31, 2018.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP
New York, NY
March 27, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Tsontcho Ianchulev, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Eyenovia, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev
Title: Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John Gandolfo, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Eyenovia, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ John Gandolfo
Name: John Gandolfo
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the annual report of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the

Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Tsontcho Ianchulev, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ Tsontcho Ianchulev
Name: Tsontcho Ianchulev
Title: Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the annual report of Eyenovia, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the

Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John Gandolfo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ John Gandolfo
Name: John Gandolfo
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)